0% found this document useful (0 votes)
4K views344 pages

Service Manual - Selectra Pro S - 6003-500-450-01

Uploaded by

joseavila
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
4K views344 pages

Service Manual - Selectra Pro S - 6003-500-450-01

Uploaded by

joseavila
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 344

Service Manual

S E L E C T R A PRO
S

6003-500-450-01
Copyright © 2011 Vital Scientific B.V.

All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,
or transmitted, in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, or otherwise) without the
prior written permission of Vital Scientific B.V.
Vital Scientific B.V. reserves the right to modify components of the described instrument at
any time, without prior notifications to customers. The contents of this documentation may
also be changed without notification.
This document describes the Selectra ProS with all optional components. Vital Scientific B.V.
cannot be held responsible for any damage resulting from changes made to the Selectra
ProS after it was supplied. Vital Scientific B.V. cannot be held responsible for any damage
resulting from not complying to the specifications supplied with the Selectra ProS.
Selectra and ProS are trademarks of Vital Scientific B.V. All other trademarks are trademarks
or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
Vital Scientific B.V. is an ELITech Group company.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01
Preface

Declaration of conformity
This instrument (excluding the computer) conforms to the provisions of the
EU Directive on In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices (98/79/EC) of the
European Parliament and the Council of 27 October 1998. The declaration
of conformity is supplied with each device in a separate file.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
This manual was written and produced with the utmost care. However,
errors can never be fully excluded. Vital Scientific B.V. does not take any
responsibilities and accepts no liabilities for incidents of any kind that may
occur because of errors in the manual. When you have doubts about
information given in this manual, please contact your supplier.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Read this manual carefully before you use the analyzer. Observe the safety
guidelines listed in the Safety chapter. Observe safety procedures that may
be defined in your laboratory. When you are in doubt about any information
in this manual, consult your superior or contact your supplier.

Info
i This manual describes the Selectra ProS with software version 4.2.x.

Info
i This manual describes the Selectra ProS with all optional components. If
components are not included in your analyzer, this does not affect the
behavior of other components.

Manufacturer: Distributor:
Selectra ProS Reagents, consumables
Vital Scientific B.V. Seppim S.A.S.
PO box 100 Zone Industrielle
NL 6950 AC Dieren 61500 Sees
The Netherlands France
Tel.: +31 313 430 500 Tel.: +33 2 33 81 21 00
Fax: +31 313 427 807 Fax: +33 2 33 48 77 51
[email protected] [email protected]
www.elitechgroup.com www.elitechgroup.com

Article number: 6003-500-450-01


Software version: 4.2.x
Date: Jan 26, 2011

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01
S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01
Table of Contents

1 Introduction
1.1 About this manual ................................................................................1-2
1.1.1 Scope of this manual ........................................................................1-2
1.1.2 Symbols used in this manual............................................................1-3
1.1.3 Typographic conventions..................................................................1-4
1.2 About the instrument............................................................................1-5
1.2.1 The Selectra ProS ............................................................................1-5
1.2.2 Intended use.....................................................................................1-6
1.2.3 Technical support .............................................................................1-7
1.2.4 Identification .....................................................................................1-8
1.2.5 Liability..............................................................................................1-9

2 Safety
2.1 General safety instructions ..................................................................2-2
2.1.1 General safety guidelines .................................................................2-2
2.1.2 User qualifications ............................................................................2-4
2.2 Safety symbols ....................................................................................2-5
2.3 Sources of danger ...............................................................................2-7
2.4 Waste disposal ....................................................................................2-8

3 System description
3.1 Overview..............................................................................................3-2
3.1.1 Subsystems identification .................................................................3-2
3.2 Rotors section......................................................................................3-3
3.2.1 Combined reagent / sample rotor .....................................................3-3
3.2.2 Cooling unit.......................................................................................3-4
3.2.3 Rotor positioning...............................................................................3-5
3.3 Pipetting section ..................................................................................3-6
3.3.1 Pipettor .............................................................................................3-6
3.3.2 Pipetting arm ..................................................................................3-10
3.3.3 Stirrer unit .......................................................................................3-11
3.3.4 ISE needle ......................................................................................3-12
3.4 Measuring section..............................................................................3-13
3.4.1 Optical system ................................................................................3-13
3.4.2 Lamp unit........................................................................................3-14
3.4.3 Filter wheel .....................................................................................3-15
3.4.4 Cuvette rotor...................................................................................3-16
3.4.5 Washing unit...................................................................................3-17
3.4.6 Vertical positioning of the wash arm...............................................3-18
3.4.7 ISE unit ...........................................................................................3-19
3.5 Fluid and vacuum system ..................................................................3-20
3.5.1 Overview.........................................................................................3-20

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 i
3.5.2 Pumps and valves ..........................................................................3-21
3.5.3 Water cask......................................................................................3-22
3.5.4 Bellows pump .................................................................................3-23
3.5.5 Collecting cask ...............................................................................3-24
3.5.6 Water and waste containers ...........................................................3-25
3.5.7 Filling cuvettes................................................................................3-26
3.5.8 Emptying cuvettes and needle rinse place .....................................3-27
3.5.9 Emptying the collecting cask ..........................................................3-28
3.6 Detection systems .............................................................................3-29
3.6.1 Reagent / sample level detection ...................................................3-29
3.6.2 Needle switch .................................................................................3-30
3.6.3 Cuvette overflow detection .............................................................3-31
3.6.4 Cuvette rotor detection ...................................................................3-32
3.6.5 Positive sample identification (PSID)..............................................3-33
3.7 Timing principle..................................................................................3-34
3.7.1 Measurements timing .....................................................................3-34
3.7.2 Cuvette timing.................................................................................3-35
3.7.3 Cuvette rotor positions....................................................................3-36
3.8 Control system...................................................................................3-37
3.8.1 Overview.........................................................................................3-37
3.8.2 System board .................................................................................3-38
3.8.3 Motion control boards .....................................................................3-39
3.8.4 Photometer board...........................................................................3-40
3.8.5 Temperature control board .............................................................3-43
3.8.6 Cooling unit board ..........................................................................3-45
3.8.7 LLD board.......................................................................................3-46
3.8.8 Power supply and fuses .................................................................3-47

4 Installation
4.1 Preparing for installation ......................................................................4-2
4.1.1 Transport and storage ......................................................................4-2
4.1.2 Preparing the installation site ...........................................................4-3
4.1.3 Unpacking.........................................................................................4-4
4.2 Installation............................................................................................4-7
4.2.1 Mounting the panel PC .....................................................................4-7
4.2.2 Installing water and waste containers.............................................4-12
4.2.3 Installing water and external waste kit............................................4-14
4.2.4 Installing other parts .......................................................................4-16
4.2.5 Installing the application software...................................................4-17
4.2.6 Finishing the installation .................................................................4-18
4.2.7 Parameters for the performance test..............................................4-19
4.3 Taking the analyzer out of use...........................................................4-20
4.3.1 Switching the analyzer off for a long time.......................................4-20
4.3.2 Preparing for transport or storage ..................................................4-21
4.4 Upgrading and restoring ....................................................................4-23
4.4.1 Preparations ...................................................................................4-23
4.4.2 Restoring the operating system......................................................4-24
4.4.3 Restoring the application software .................................................4-25

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
ii 6003-500-450-01
5 Software
5.1 Overview..............................................................................................5-2
5.1.1 Service menus..................................................................................5-2
5.2 Status and history screens ..................................................................5-4
5.2.1 Needle Rinse History screen ............................................................5-4
5.2.2 Error History screen..........................................................................5-5
5.2.3 Changes Log screen ........................................................................5-6
5.2.4 System Configuration screen ...........................................................5-7
5.3 Functional checks and adjustments.....................................................5-8
5.3.1 Adjust Lamp screen..........................................................................5-8
5.3.2 Filter Check screen...........................................................................5-9
5.3.3 Arm & Disk / Barcode screen .........................................................5-10
5.3.4 Measurement Disc/Filter screen.....................................................5-12
5.3.5 Wash Arm screen ...........................................................................5-13
5.3.6 ISE Arm/ISE Unit screen ................................................................5-14
5.3.7 Pipettor screen ...............................................................................5-15
5.3.8 Vacuum System screen..................................................................5-16
5.3.9 Water System screen .....................................................................5-17
5.3.10 Optical electronics screen ..............................................................5-18
5.3.11 Electronics screens ........................................................................5-19

6 Maintenance
6.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................6-2
6.1.1 Preventive maintenance ...................................................................6-2
6.1.2 Maintenance equipment ...................................................................6-3
6.1.3 Replacement parts ...........................................................................6-4
6.2 General procedures .............................................................................6-5
6.2.1 Cleaning the system .........................................................................6-5
6.2.2 Running the dichromate end test......................................................6-7
6.2.3 Filling a cooling unit ..........................................................................6-9
6.2.4 Removing a measuring unit............................................................6-10
6.2.5 Removing a water/vacuum pumps section.....................................6-12
6.2.6 Removing a bellows pump .............................................................6-13
6.3 Rotors section....................................................................................6-14
6.3.1 Adjusting the reagent / sample rotor position .................................6-14
6.3.2 Adjusting an encoder opto..............................................................6-15
6.3.3 Checking reagent cooling ...............................................................6-16
6.3.4 Checking a PSID scanner ..............................................................6-17
6.3.5 Adjusting a PSID scanner...............................................................6-19
6.4 Pipetting section ................................................................................6-21
6.4.1 Replacing a syringe ........................................................................6-21
6.4.2 Replacing a syringe plunger ...........................................................6-23
6.4.3 Replacing a pipettor valve ..............................................................6-24
6.4.4 Removing a pipettor frontplate .......................................................6-25
6.4.5 Servicing a pipettor spindle ............................................................6-26
6.4.6 Adjusting a pipetting arm (horizontal) .............................................6-28
6.4.7 Adjusting a pipetting arm (vertical) .................................................6-29
6.4.8 Checking / adjusting a needle switch .............................................6-31
6.4.9 Replacing a stirrer belt....................................................................6-32

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 iii
6.4.10 Replacing a stirrer bearing .............................................................6-33
6.4.11 Adjusting a stirrer............................................................................6-34
6.5 Measuring section..............................................................................6-35
6.5.1 Adjusting a lamp unit ......................................................................6-35
6.5.2 Replacing a lamp............................................................................6-37
6.5.3 Adjusting a cuvette photo sensor ...................................................6-39
6.5.4 Adjusting a cuvette rotor.................................................................6-40
6.5.5 Adjusting a wash arm .....................................................................6-42
6.5.6 Replacing a drying block ................................................................6-44
6.5.7 Checking cuvette detection ............................................................6-45
6.5.8 Replacing Peltier elements.............................................................6-46
6.6 Fluid and vacuum system ..................................................................6-53
6.6.1 Replacing a water filter ...................................................................6-53
6.6.2 Adjusting a vacuum switch .............................................................6-54
6.6.3 Overhauling a vacuum pump..........................................................6-56
6.6.4 Overhauling a cooling or water pump.............................................6-57
6.6.5 Adjusting a bellows pump...............................................................6-59
6.7 Control system...................................................................................6-60
6.7.1 Checking the power supply ............................................................6-60
6.7.2 Checking the photometer board .....................................................6-61
6.7.3 Checking / adjusting the temperature control board.......................6-63
6.7.4 Temperature control board states and parameters ........................6-65
6.7.5 Adjusting the liquid level detection .................................................6-67

7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Error messages ...................................................................................7-2
7.1.1 Error reporting ..................................................................................7-2
7.1.2 System board and general errors .....................................................7-3
7.1.3 Pipettor errors...................................................................................7-6
7.1.4 Measuring unit errors........................................................................7-8
7.1.5 Pipetting arm errors ........................................................................7-10
7.1.6 Reagent / sample rotor errors.........................................................7-12
7.1.7 Washing system errors...................................................................7-14
7.1.8 ISE unit errors.................................................................................7-16
7.1.9 Temperature control board errors...................................................7-18
7.1.10 Cooling unit board errors ................................................................7-21
7.2 Troubleshooting .................................................................................7-24
7.2.1 Personal safety...............................................................................7-24
7.2.2 System initialization sequence .......................................................7-25

8 Parts
8.1 Overview..............................................................................................8-2
8.2 Rotors section......................................................................................8-4
8.2.1 Reagent / sample rotor .....................................................................8-4
8.2.2 Rotor drive ........................................................................................8-6
8.2.3 Cooling unit.......................................................................................8-8
8.2.4 Stirrer unit .......................................................................................8-10
8.2.5 Wash arm .......................................................................................8-12
8.2.6 Wash arm drive ..............................................................................8-14

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
iv 6003-500-450-01
8.3 Measuring unit ...................................................................................8-16
8.3.1 Measuring unit - lamp section.........................................................8-16
8.3.2 Measuring unit - filter wheel section ...............................................8-18
8.3.3 Measuring unit - drive section.........................................................8-20
8.3.4 Measuring unit - rotor section .........................................................8-22
8.4 Pipettor ..............................................................................................8-24
8.4.1 Pipettor (front).................................................................................8-24
8.4.2 Pipettor (rear) .................................................................................8-26
8.4.3 Pipettor (valve drive).......................................................................8-28
8.5 Pipetting arms....................................................................................8-30
8.5.1 Pipetting arm (main) .......................................................................8-30
8.5.2 Vertical drive...................................................................................8-32
8.5.3 Horizontal drive...............................................................................8-34
8.5.4 Pipetting head.................................................................................8-36
8.6 Water and waste system ...................................................................8-38
8.6.1 Pumps and valves (main) ...............................................................8-38
8.6.2 Pumps and valves (details) ............................................................8-40
8.6.3 Bellows pump (mechanical parts)...................................................8-42
8.6.4 Bellows pump (valves and tubing)..................................................8-44
8.6.5 Water cask......................................................................................8-46
8.6.6 Collecting cask ...............................................................................8-48
8.6.7 Water and diluted waste containers ...............................................8-50
8.7 Other parts.........................................................................................8-52
8.7.1 Panels.............................................................................................8-52
8.7.2 Worktables......................................................................................8-54
8.7.3 Rotor covers ...................................................................................8-56
8.7.4 Power and electronics section........................................................8-58
8.7.5 ISE needle ......................................................................................8-60
8.7.6 ISE unit ...........................................................................................8-62
8.7.7 PSID scanner .................................................................................8-64

9 Electronics
9.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................9-2
9.1.1 Servicing of electronic boards ..........................................................9-2
9.1.2 Location of main control boards .......................................................9-3
9.1.3 Locations of other boards .................................................................9-4
9.2 Wiring diagrams...................................................................................9-7
9.3 Board layouts and diagrams ..............................................................9-13
9.3.1 6002-773: System board ................................................................9-13
9.3.2 6003-375: Motion control board......................................................9-20
9.3.3 6003-068: Photometer board..........................................................9-25
9.3.4 6003-220: Temperature control board............................................9-29
9.3.5 6003-007: Cooling unit board .........................................................9-35
9.3.6 6001-769: Dispenser driver board ..................................................9-41
9.3.7 3367-103: Ambient board ...............................................................9-43
9.3.8 6002-783: LLD board......................................................................9-44
9.3.9 6001-768: Valve board ...................................................................9-46
9.3.10 6001-773: Stirrer driver / ISE needle board....................................9-48

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 v
A Technical Specifications
A.1 Performance and technical data ......................................................... A-2
A.1.1 Selectra ProS .................................................................................. A-2
A.1.2 User interface .................................................................................. A-4
A.1.3 Physical data ................................................................................... A-6
A.1.4 Cleaning solutions ........................................................................... A-7
A.1.5 Accuracy and precision ................................................................... A-9
A.2 Fluid and vacuum system ................................................................. A-10
A.2.1 Fluid diagram................................................................................. A-10

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
vi 6003-500-450-01
1

Introduction

This chapter contains general information about the documentation. It also contains
information about available technical assistance and service training.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 1-1
Introduction

1.1 About this manual

1.1.1 Scope of this manual

This service manual is the prime source of information for service engineers for the Selectra
ProS analyzer. The manual contains information required for preventive maintenance,
periodic replacement of spare parts and servicing of the analyzer.
This service manual does NOT include all information required to operate the Selectra ProS.
That information can be found in the user manual, which should always be available in the
immediate vicinity of the instrument.

Info
i Service engineers should have received proper training on the Selectra
ProS from Vital Scientific or its distributors.

Info
i If you need information that is not given in this manual, or if you are in doubt
about the information given in this manual, contact the system support
department of Vital Scientific. See the address information on the Preface
page.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
1-2 6003-500-450-01
Introduction

1.1.2 Symbols used in this manual

The safety notes and warnings in this manual are defined according to the ANSI Z535.6
standard for hazard statements. This standard identifies four categories of hazard statements,
with defined color schemes and captions. The icon shown left of the text and the heading text
vary with the type of hazard statement.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i This paragraph format indicates situations that may lead to damage to the
equipment or the environment if precautions are not taken.
The symbol and header may indicate a particular type of hazard.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
This paragraph format indicates situations that may lead to minor or
moderate injuries if no precautions are taken.
The symbol and header may indicate a particular type of hazard.

! WARNING

POTENTIAL HAZARD
This paragraph format indicates situations that may lead to serious injuries
if precautions are not taken.
The symbol and header may indicate a particular type of hazard.

! DANGER

HIGH RISK
This paragraph format indicates situations that will lead to serious injuries or
death if precautions are not taken.
The symbol and header may indicate a particular type of hazard.

Notes that do not identify hazards but merely point out useful information are styled with an
info symbol and no colored heading:

Info
i This paragraph format indicates information that may be useful. They may
concern efficiency or point to information to be found elsewhere, either in this
manual or in other documents.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 1-3
Introduction

1.1.3 Typographic conventions

When names of items on the screen are mentioned in this documentation, they are shown as
Control Name (in bold italic text).

Info
i The analyzer software offers a choice of languages for the user interface.
Some screen items are not translated and will always appear in English.

Info
i The documentation uses the same names that appear on the screens, in the
language in which the documentation is written or translated. Because of
changes to the user interface software after this documentation was
produced, differences may occur.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
1-4 6003-500-450-01
Introduction

1.2 About the instrument

1.2.1 The Selectra ProS

Fig.1-1 The Selectra ProS analyzer


The Selectra ProS is an automatic chemistry analyzer. The instrument is used in combination
with reagents for in vitro diagnostic measurements of analytes in samples of serum, plasma,
urine and aqueous standard solutions. The Selectra ProS is designed as a table-top system
with all components fitted into one unit. Some optional modules may be external.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 1-5
Introduction

1.2.2 Intended use

The Selectra ProS is an automatic chemistry analyzer, to be used in combination with specific
reagents for in vitro diagnostic measurement of analytes in samples of serum, plasma, urine
and aqueous standard solutions. Most clinical chemistry tests that require a photometric
measurement can be adapted for the system.
The Selectra ProS is intended for use in clinical chemistry laboratories and must be operated
by qualified and trained personnel.

Disclaimers
Depending on the specific characteristics of the used reagent kit, the results obtained from
a clinical chemistry system may vary. The test parameters for each test and each reagent
supplier need to be developed and validated by appropriate methods (e.g. using ECCLS
or CLSI guidelines) before the system is used for actual measurements of samples.

Info
i ECCLS = European Committee on Clinical Laboratory Standards.
CLSI = Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute.

Vital Scientific recommends the use of ELITech reagents, calibrators and controls for the
analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
1-6 6003-500-450-01
Introduction

1.2.3 Technical support

Sources of information
Apart from this service manual, the following sources of information are or should be
available to you:
• User Manual. This should always be available near the analyzer.
• Service Training. See below for details.
• Service Notes. These are issued by Vital Scientific on a regular basis. If you want to
check on the availability of Service Notes, contact the support department of Vital
Scientific or your supplier.
• Vital Scientific website. See the contact data in the Preface.
• System support department of Vital Scientific.

Service training
Vital Scientific organizes service training on a regular basis. These training courses are
either organized at the Vital Scientific headquarters, on customer sites or in the offices of a
supplier of the analyzers. Check for service training opportunities on the Vital Scientific
website or contact the system support department of Vital Scientific for details.
Participants are expected to have knowledge of:
• analog / digital electronics
• microprocessor techniques
• basic photometric techniques
• the English language

Contacting the system support department


The system support department at Vital Scientific can be contacted by e-mail, fax or
phone. Contact data is shown in the Preface.
If you contact the system support department about a specific instrument or a specific
problem, make sure to make the following information available to Vital Scientific:
• type of the analyzer
• serial number of the analyzer
• problem description with possible error codes
• software version installed on the analyzer
• service history of the analyzer

Info
i The type and serial number are shown on the identification plate in the back
of the analyzer. The software version is shown in the Release screen. See
par. 1.2.4.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 1-7
Introduction

1.2.4 Identification

Analyzer hardware
An identification plate is attached to the back of the analyzer. The identification plate
shows the analyzer type and serial number (SN).

PROS SERIES
SN:

DIEREN - THE NETHERLANDS

IVD

Fig.1-2 Identification plate

Analyzer software
The analyzer software version is shown in the Release screen. This screen is available in
the Installation menu.

Fig.1-3 Release screen on the Selectra ProS

Info
i The detailed information about the versions of the PROM software in various
control boards of the analyzer is shown after touching the right side of the
screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
1-8 6003-500-450-01
Introduction

1.2.5 Liability

All liability is forfeited when:


• the analyzer is operated incorrectly.
• the instrutions in this manual are ignored.
• maintenance and/or repair are not carried out according to the instructions.
• the analyzer is modified without notification and authorization of Vital Scientific.
• replacement parts are used which are not validated and/or recommended by Vital
Scientific.

Conditions of change
Changes to the analyzer, other than described in this manual or in other documentation
provided by Vital Scientific, may only be conducted by qualified personnel after explicit
written permission by Vital Scientific.
Repair and/or maintenance must be performed using parts that are validated and/or
recommended by Vital Scientific.
Vital Scientific cannot be held responsible for any consequential damage, loss or costs
that result from non-conformance to the above rules.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 1-9
Introduction

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
1-10 6003-500-450-01
2

Safety

This chapter contains important safety information. You must read this chapter before
starting any work on the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 2-1
Safety

2.1 General safety instructions

2.1.1 General safety guidelines

The Selectra ProS is designed and manufactured according to state-of-the-art standards and
conforms to safety regulations. All possible risks that were known at the time of
manufacturing were taken into account and either eliminated or reduced. Nevertheless, some
sources of danger cannot be fully eliminated. Please note and follow the guidelines listed in
this chapter carefully. Safety regulations also include requirements on the part of the users of
the instrument: they need to make themselves acquainted with safety procedures and
regulations before starting to work with the instrument. It is important that all personnel who
will work with the instrument reads this chapter and complies to the safety regulations.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
The user should be aware that, if the analyzer is used in a manner not
specified by Vital Scientific, the protection provided by the safety provisions
may be impaired.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
The guidelines listed below do not replace any safety policy that may be
defined in your company, nor do they replace national or international
regulations regarding safety. Any such safety guidelines and rules remain in
force. In case of conflicting guidelines or doubts about the guidelines given
here, consult your superior.

Responsibility of the employer


The employer is responsible for the safety of the employees and needs to make sure that
the following general conditions are met:
• The employees know the general laws and instructions concerning the prevention
of accidents and unnecessary risks in their work environment.
• The employees are fit to work with the instrument, from the viewpoint of their
physical condition, education and experience.
• The employees know the guidelines the company has put into effect concerning
safety in the work environment.
• The employees have access to proper protective clothing.
• The employees are well trained in the usage of the instrument.
• Maintenance on the instrument is only performed by qualified employees who have
been specially prepared for this task.

Responsibility of the employee


Safety is always a shared responsibility. Employees must take care of their own safety, but
also have a responsibility in the safety of others. Employees always need to follow these
guidelines:
• Employees must know and obey the safety instructions that are in effect in their
work environment.
• Employees must follow the proper procedures for using the instrument.
• Employees must follow the proper procedures for installing, checking and
maintaining the instrument.
• Employees must wear proper personal protective equipment (clothing, safety
glasses, gloves, face mask etc.) when working with the instrument.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
2-2 6003-500-450-01
Safety

• Employees must avoid wearing rings, wrist watches, jewelry, loose or torn clothing
when operating the instrument. These objects can get caught on moving parts of the
instrument and cause dangerous situations.
• Employees must immediately report to their superior any malfunctions of the
instrument or faults in the tools used for the instrument.
• Employees are not allowed to remove safety, alarm or control elements from the
instrument, without having permission from their superior.
• Employees are not allowed to act on their own initiative, when this may cause
dangerous situations for themselves or others.
• Employees must point out dangerous situations or behaviour to others.

Safety in the work environment


To keep the work environment safe, the following rules need to be followed at all times:
• The work environment must be kept free of objects that limit the user’s freedom of
movement, such as boxes, tools and other unused items.
• The floor of the work environment must be kept clean, to prevent people from
slipping.
• The work environment must be sufficiently illuminated to avoid any risks while using
the instrument.

General remarks concerning safety


To ensure safe usage of the instrument, the following conditions must be met:
• Operators must follow all warnings indicated by signs and symbols attached to the
instrument.
• Greasing, lubricating, cleaning, repairing or tuning of instrument parts should never
be done when the instrument is operational. Moving instrument parts may cause
injuries.
• Maintenance on the instrument should only be done by trained and authorized
personnel.
• Safety provisions should never be opened or removed when the instrument is
operational.
• Preventive maintenance must be performed in accordance with the instructions
provided by the documentation delivered with the analyzer and with optional
modules.
• Original replacement parts must be used in the maintenance of the analyzer.
• Original disposables must be used in the operation of the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 2-3
Safety

2.1.2 User qualifications

Operators
The analyzer should only be used by qualified and trained personnel, who have received a
special operator training for the instrument. For clinical tests, the analyzer should be used
under supervision of a doctor or clinical inspector.

Service engineers
Installation, maintenance and repair should only be done by service engineers, who have
received a special service training for the instrument from the manufacturer or their
representative. A service engineer must also be familiar with the normal operating
procedures as described in the user manual, as well as with the procedures described in
the service manual.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
2-4 6003-500-450-01
Safety

2.2 Safety symbols

The following safety symbols may be used on the analyzer and/or in the manual.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


This notice indicates fragile equipment that should be handled with care to
prevent irrepairable damage.

NOTICE

RECYCLE
This notice indicates that the analyzer should not be discarded with normal
household waste. A label with this symbol, in accordance with European
Directive 2002/96/EC, is attached to the back of the analyzer. At the end of
its lifetime, the analyzer must be collected separately and disposed of
according to locally valid regulations.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
This caution gives important information that helps preventing personal
injuries and/or serious damage to the analyzer and/or the environment.

! CAUTION

WEAR GLOVES
This caution indicates that gloves must be worn when performing the
described work.

! CAUTION

WEAR FACE MASK


This caution indicates that a face mask must be worn when performing the
described work.

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
This caution indicates potentially infectious materials. Safety measures must
be taken according to locally valid regulations when performing the
described work.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 2-5
Safety

! WARNING

HOT SURFACE
This warning indicates a hot surface. To prevent fingers or other body parts
from getting burned, the precautions listed in the warning must be taken
when performing the described work.

! WARNING

PINCH POINT
This warning indicates a pinch point. To prevent fingers or other body parts
from getting crushed, the precautions listed in the warning must be taken
when performing the described work.

! WARNING

SHARP EDGES
This warning indicates a sharp edge or point. To prevent fingers or other
body parts from being cut, the precautions listed in the warning must be
taken when performing the described work.

! DANGER

HIGH VOLTAGE
This danger notice indicates a high voltage terminal. The precautions listed
in this danger notice must be taken.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
2-6 6003-500-450-01
Safety

2.3 Sources of danger

This section indicates general sources of danger in the analyzer. The warnings listed here
should always be kept in mind when servicing the instrument.

Electrical hazards

! DANGER

HIGH VOLTAGE
Servicing the power supply, the computer or the main fuses should never be
done while the power cord is plugged in.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Servicing electronic parts may require the power to be switched on. Make
sure you are not causing short circuits. These may lead to irrepairable
damage to the electronic components.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Take the necessary precautions to avoid static electricity discharges. These
may lead to irrepairable damage to the electronic components.

Mechanical hazards

! WARNING

PINCH POINT
Servicing mechanical parts may require activating drives while covers are
open or removed. Do not touch components while their drives are active.

! WARNING

HOT SURFACE
Several components (e.g. lamp, cooling unit components, heating elements)
may be hot while the instrument is switched on. Take care when servicing
these parts or parts in the immediate vicinity of hot surfaces.

Biological hazards

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
Samples are potentially infectious. Take all required precautions when
handling any sample or waste materials.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 2-7
Safety

2.4 Waste disposal

This section lists notices and cautions concerning the correct disposal of waste materials.
These should always be kept in mind when installing, maintaining, servicing and recycling the
instrument.

Installation

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Various countries have regulations on the disposal of packaging waste.
Consult local sources for additional information on correct disposal of waste
materials.

Consumables

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
Fluid and solid consumables are potentially infectious. Take all required
precautions when discarding these materials.

End of life

NOTICE

RECYCLE
No parts of the analyzer should be discarded as normal household waste. At
the end of its lifetime, the analyzer must be collected separately and
disposed of according to locally valid regulations. Contact the System
Support department of Vital Scientific for reuse and treatment information.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
2-8 6003-500-450-01
3

System description

This chapter contains functional descriptions of the main components in the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-1
System description

3.1 Overview

3.1.1 Subsystems identification

Fig.3-1 Main subsystems in the Selectra ProS

Nr Description See:

1 Power supply and electronic boards par. 3.8


2 Pumps and valves par. 3.5.2
3 Stirrer unit par. 3.3.3
4 PSID barcode scanner par. 3.6.5
5 Water cask par. 3.5.3
6 Pipettor par. 3.3.1
7 Water and waste containers par. 3.5.6
8 Cooling unit par. 3.2.2
9 Combined reagent and sample rotor par. 3.2.1
10 Measuring unit par. 3.4
11 Pipetting arm par. 3.3.2
12 Washing unit par. 3.4.5
13 Bellows pump par. 3.5.4

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-2 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.2 Rotors section

3.2.1 Combined reagent / sample rotor

1 Rotor cover 5 Vane 9 Encoder disc


2 Rotor 6 Screw 10 Encoder opto board
3 Rotor positioning pin 7 Driving axle 11 Stepper motor
4 Home sensor 8 Timing belt

Fig.3-2 Reagent / sample rotor and drive


The combined reagent / sample rotor [2] holds reagent bottles of various sizes and sample
tubes. The rotor is cooled by the built-in cooling unit of the analyzer (see par. 3.2.2). The
cover [1] protects the reagents against light and other ambient influences. Optimal cooling
can only be reached when the cover is kept closed as much as possible. The cover has holes
for the pipetting needle.
The rotor is placed on a driving axle [7] that allows precise positioning. The positioning pin [3]
ensures correct placement of the rotor. The stepper motor [11] drives the rotor via a timing
belt [8]. The encoder disc [9] and encoder opto board [10] supervise the exact positioning of
the stepper motor (see par. 3.2.3).
The home sensor [4] is used to define the reset position of the rotor, so that the exact position
of the rotor can be determined. The home sensor detects a small vane [5] on the rotor base.
This vane indicates the reset position of the rotor.

Info
i Multiple rotors can be used on the same analyzer. The rotor can be lifted off
the axle after screwing off the center screw [6]. When a rotor is exchanged,
the rotor configuration must also be changed in the software.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-3
System description

3.2.2 Cooling unit

1 Rotor base 4 Secondary cooler 7 Thermistor


2 Primary cooler 5 Sight glass 8 Cooling pump
3 Cooling unit board 6 Peltier element

Fig.3-3 Cooling unit for the rotor


The rotor is cooled to extend the onboard stability of reagents. The rotor base [1] contains a
primary cooler [2], which is cooled from the bottom by two Peltier elements [5]. The
temperature of the primary cooler is monitored by a thermistor [6] on the cooling unit board
[3].
The cooling pump [4] is controlled by the cooling unit board [3] and circulates the cooling fluid
around the closed system, from the secondary cooler [7] to the primary cooler, which is
connected to the Peltier elements [5]. The cooling fluid passes through the sight glass [8],
which allows checking the level and refilling. The sight glass is fitted inside the water and
waste compartment. It is accessible after removing the water and waste containers. This does
not require any tools.

Primary Primary
cooler cooler

Level tube

Cooling pump

Seconday cooler

Fig.3-4 Diagram of the cooling circuit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-4 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.2.3 Rotor positioning

1 Home sensor 3 Timing belt 5 Optical sensor B


2 Vane 4 Optical sensor A 6 Encoder disc

Fig.3-5 Positioning system for the rotors


All rotors in the analyzer must be exactly positioned. Each rotor is driven by a stepper motor
via a timing belt [3]. The relative rotation of the rotor is detected by two optical sensors [4+5],
which detect the cams on the encoder disc [6]. Together, the sensors detect the displacement
of the encoder disc as well as the direction.
To define a reset position of the rotor, a vane [2] is fitted to the base of the driving axle. When
the home sensor [1] detects the vane, the rotor is in the reset position. Using the
displacement information from the encoder disc, the analyzer software can exactly calculate
the position of the rotor at any time.

Info
i The rotation of the pipetting needle is also controlled in this way. The vertical
displacement of the pipetting needle is done in a similar way, except for the
home sensor. See par. 3.3.2.

Details about the encoder


The encoder board has two optical switches fitted in a fixed distance to each other. The
optical switches detect the edges on the encoder disc. One side emits a light and the other
side detects the light when there is a gap in the encoder disc. The changes in the signals
from the two optical switches give sufficient information to determine when the stepper
motor has moved one step, and in which direction the movement was. The figure below
shows how the exact position of the encoder disc can be determined from the two signals.

Fig.3-6 Two encoder signals monitor the exact encoder disc position

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-5
System description

3.3 Pipetting section

3.3.1 Pipettor

1 Valve block 5 Spindle 9 Valve position vane


2 Worm gear 6 Timing belt 10 Valve motor
3 Syringe 7 Eccentric link 11 Optical sensors
4 Syringe position vane 8 Optical sensors 12 Stepper motor

Fig.3-7 Pipettor system


The pipettor is fitted with two syringes [3] with different volumes. The syringe on the left is 1 ml
and is used for water and reagent pipetting. The syringe on the right is 100 μl and is used for
water and sample pipetting.
The plunger in the syringe moves up and down via a spindle [5], which is driven by a stepper
motor [12] via a timing belt [6]. The vertical position of the plunger is monitored by optical
sensors [11], which detect the position vane [4] that moves up and down with the plunger.
The top of the reagent syringe is placed in a valve block [1], in which a valve switches
between water and needle position. This is explained further below. The valve motor [10]
turns the worm gear [2], which in turn drives an eccentric link [7]. This makes the valve inside
the valve block rotate over 90 degrees, connecting the syringe to one of the connected tubes.
The position of the worm gear is monitored by optical sensors [8] which detect the valve
positioning vane [9] on the worm gear.
The top of the sample syringe is placed in a dummy valve block, which is linked to the valve
block [1] on the reagent side.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-6 6003-500-450-01
System description

Pipetting water

Fig.3-8 Pipetting water


When the needle must be rinsed, water is pipetted. This pipetting sequence is illustrated in
the above diagram. It is always done by the syringe on the reagent side. The dummy valve
block on the sample side is not shown in the above figure. The stages are as follows:
A The valve is in the water position, connecting the reagent syringe to the water
supply.
B The plunger moves down, drawing water into the reagent syringe.
C The valve moves to the needle position, connecting the reagent syringe to the
needle tube via the dummy valve block on the sample side.
D The plunger moves up, pushing the water out of the syringe, through the dummy
valve block on the sample side, toward the needle.

Info
i In reality, the tubing on the water and needle side will never be empty. The
diagram is simplified to explain the function of the pipettor.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-7
System description

Pipetting reagent

1 Water column 3 Aspirated fluid 5 Cuvette


2 Air bubble 4 Reagent bottle

Fig.3-9 Pipetting reagent


The pipettor is connected to the needle via a long tube. The water is used to aspirate fluid
into the needle and part of the tubing. The aspirated fluid never reaches the syringe or the
valve block. When pipetting reagent, the valve block remains in the needle position. Also,
the sample syringe is kept in the upper position.
A Before the needle is inserted into the reagent bottle, the pipettor draws in a small
amount of air. This creates an air bubble between the water column and the
aspirated fluid. The air bubble prevents unwanted mixing effects.
B The dispensing stroke of the pipettor is equal to the aspirating stroke. This ensures
that all of the aspirated fluid is dispensed into the cuvette.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-8 6003-500-450-01
System description

Pipetting sample

1 Water column 3 Aspirated fluid 5 Cuvette


2 Air bubble 4 Sample tube

Fig.3-10 Pipetting sample


The pipettor is connected to the needle via a long tube. The water is used to aspirate fluid
into the needle and part of the tubing. The aspirated fluid never reaches the syringe. When
pipetting sample, the valve block on the reagent side remains in the water position. This
avoids aspirating fluid from the reagent side by the sample syringe.
A Before the needle is inserted into the sample tube, the pipettor draws in a small
amount of air. This creates an air bubble between the water column and the
aspirated fluid. The air bubble prevents unwanted mixing effects.
B The dispensing stroke of the pipettor is equal to the aspirating stroke. This ensures
that all of the aspirated fluid is dispensed into the cuvette.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-9
System description

3.3.2 Pipetting arm

1 Tubing connection 5 Horizontal reset vane 9 Vertical reset vane


2 Pipetting head 6 Stepper motor 10 Home sensor
3 Pipetting needle 7 Stepper motor 11 Encoder disc
4 Reset opto board 8 Moveable shaft 12 Encoder opto board

Fig.3-11 Pipetting arm and drive

Info
i Analyzers may have separate pipetting arms for samples and reagents or
one pipetting arm that combines both functions. The number of arms on an
instrument depends on the analyzer type. This functional description is valid
for all types.

The pipetting arm aspirates a defined volume of liquid from the reagent bottle or sample tube
and dispenses it into a cuvette. Two stepper motors [6+7] move the shaft [8] of the pipetting
arm via timing belts.
The horizontal stepper motor [7] rotates the arm to defined positions over the reagent or
sample rotor and over the cuvette rotor. The encoder disc [11] and encoder opto board [12]
supervise exact positioning of the arm. The reset position is monitored by a home sensor [10]
that detects the horizontal reset vane [5] on the pulley that rotates the shaft [8]. This is
described in detail in par. 3.2.3.
The vertical stepper motor [6] lifts and lowers the arm to defined positions for aspiration and
dispensing of liquids. The vertical position for aspiration is determined by the remaining
volume in the reagent bottle or sample tube, as explained in par. 3.6.1. The reset position is
monitored by a reset opto board [4] that detects the vertical reset vane [9] on the shaft [8].

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-10 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.3.3 Stirrer unit

1 Stirrer drive 3 Eccentric pulley 5 Needle


2 Stirrer belt 4 Needle shaft

Fig.3-12 Stirrer unit with needle


The stirrer unit stirs the liquid in the cuvette to ensure a homogeneous mixture of sample and
reagent. The stirrer uses the needle to stir the liquid. The needle [5] is lowered until the
needle shaft [4] rests in the eccentric pulley [3] of the stirrer unit. The stirrer drive [1] then
rotates the eccentric pulley via the stirrer belt [2]. Because of its shape, the rotating eccentric
pulley makes the needle shaft make small movements in the cuvette. Effectively, the needle
stirs the liquid while the stirrer drive is switched on. The timing of the stirrer drive is controlled
by the ISE/stirrer board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-11
System description

3.3.4 ISE needle

1 ISE needle 3 Vane 5 Driving link


2 Cuvette rotor 4 Optical switch 6 ISE/stirrer board

Fig.3-13 ISE needle unit


The ISE unit (see par. 3.4.7) is an optional device in the Selectra ProS. When installed, the
ISE needle unit is attached to the stirrer unit. The ISE needle [1] moves via a driving link [5]
that is moved down by an electromagnet and up by a tension spring.
The active position of the ISE unit (with the needle in the cuvette) is monitored by an optical
switch [4] on the ISE/stirrer board [6]. The vane [3] on the moving part of the ISE unit is
detected by the optical switch when the ISE needle is in its lower position.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-12 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.4 Measuring section

3.4.1 Optical system

1 Lens 4 Lens 7 Filter wheel


2 Beam splitter 5 Cuvette detector 8 Lamp detector
3 Lens 6 Lamp 9 Cuvette rotor base

Fig.3-14 Light paths in the optical system


The optical system is part of the measuring unit. The light from the lamp [6] is filtered by one
of the filters in the filterwheel [7]. The resulting monochromatic light is partly deflected by the
beam splitter [2]. The deflected light [B] reaches the so-called lamp detector [8]. The non-
deflected light [A] passes through the cuvette rotor (not shown) and reaches the cuvette
detector [5]. A series of lenses [1+3+4] and diaphragms (not shown) ensure that the light is
focused.
The non-deflected light beam [A] passes through the samples in the cuvette rotor. The light
measured by the cuvette detector [5] is used to calculate the absorbance.
The results of the measurements by the lamp detector [8] are used to compensate for
possible fluctuations in the intensity of the light.

Info
i The signal from the detector is not the only factor in calculating the light
absorbance in the cuvette. Blank measurements are also done, to determine
the absorbance by the cuvettes. Optionally, sample blank measurements
are performed to determine the absorbance of sample without reagent.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-13
System description

3.4.2 Lamp unit

1 Lamp 4 Lens and diaphragm 7 Filter


2 Fastening screw 5 Filter wheel 8 Driving gear
3 Adjustment screws 6 Home sensor

Fig.3-15 Lamp unit and filter wheel


The lamp unit is part of the measuring unit of the analyzer. The light emitted by the QI lamp [1]
is focused by a lens and diaphragm [4]. The light is filtered by one of the filters [7] in the
filterwheel [5]. For more details on the filterwheel, see par. 3.4.3.
The position of the lamp can be adjusted to optimize the light that passes into the cuvette
rotor. Two eccentric adjustment screws [3] are fitted on the mounting bracket to move the
lamp horizontally and/or vertically over a small distance. The fastening screw [2] keeps the
lamp in its position.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-14 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.4.3 Filter wheel

1 Filter wheel 3 Driving gear 5 Home sensor


2 Filter 4 Reset hole 6 Stepper motor

Fig.3-16 Filter wheel and drive


The filter wheel [1] holds 8 filters [2] for different wavelengths. The filters can be defined to
customer requirements and determine which tests can be performed. Each test has one or
possibly more wavelengths associated to it. When the test is requested, the filter wheel is
turned to the required position before the measurement is done.
The home sensor [5] is used to reset the position of the filterwheel when required. The
stepper motor [6] turns the filter wheel until the hole [4] is detected by the home sensor on the
opto board. From this position, a defined number of steps of the stepper motor brings the
required filter in position.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-15
System description

3.4.4 Cuvette rotor

1 Cuvette cover 5 Encoder opto board 9 Reset position slit


2 Cuvette rotor 6 Stepper motor 10 Timing belt
3 Cuvette rotor base 7 Inner stator 11 Encoder disc
4 Peltier elements 8 Home sensor

Fig.3-17 Cuvette rotor with drive and cover


The cuvette rotor base [3] is driven by a stepper motor [6] via a timing belt [10]. The rotor can
be positioned in 48 discrete positions, which correspond to the 48 cuvettes. The cuvette rotor
is kept at the required temperature by two Peltier elements [4].
The stepper motor is fitted with an encoder disc [11]. The encoder opto board [5] monitors the
position of the encoder disc (see par. 3.2.3). The reset position of the cuvette rotor is detected
by the home sensor [8] that detects the reset position slit [9] in the cuvette rotor base.
The inner part of the cuvette rotor drive is the inner stator [7], which does not move. The inner
stator contains the detector for the light beam that passes through the cuvette rotor (see par.
3.4.1).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-16 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.4.5 Washing unit

1 Needle plate unit 4 Fill needle 7 Vane


2 Cuvette rotor 5 Aspiration needle 8 Wash arm board
3 Overflow sensor 6 Drying block 9 Stepper motor

Fig.3-18 Washing unit with drive and cuvette


The washing unit cleans cuvettes after the tests on the samples are completed. The washing
unit has 4 washing positions, 1 emptying position and 1 drying position. A stepper motor [9]
moves the washing unit up and down via a timing belt. The vertical position of the washing
unit is controlled by optical sensors on the wash arm board [8], which detect a vane [7] that
moves up and down with the washing unit.
The cuvettes are washed and dried in six steps. After each step, the cuvette rotor turns, so
that the cuvette is in the next position. In the first four positions, the cuvette is first filled with
water by the fill needle [4] and then emptied by the aspiration needle [5]. An overflow sensor
[3] detects when the liquid level in the cuvette gets too high. In the fifth position, the cuvette is
not filled. The aspiration needle removes remaining liquid from the cuvette. In the sixth and
final position, the remaining water in the cuvette is sucked away by the drying block [6].

Info
i If the concentrated waste option is installed on the instrument, the aspiration
needle in the first washing position is connected to the concentrated waste
container. All other aspiration needles are connected to the diluted waste
container.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-17
System description

3.4.6 Vertical positioning of the wash arm

1 Timing belt 3 Vane 5 Optical sensors


2 Moving bracket 4 Wash arm board 6 Stepper motor

Fig.3-19 Positioning system for the wash arm


The wash arm must be exactly positioned. The vertical displacement of the wash arm is
driven by a stepper motor [6] via a timing belt [1]. The moving bracket [2] is attached to the
timing belt and is guided along two guiding shafts. The position of the vane [3] is monitored by
optical sensors [5] on the wash arm board [4].

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-18 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.4.7 ISE unit

Info
i The ISE unit is an optional module in the Selectra ProS.

1 Electrodes 3 Reference electrode 5 Reference solution


2 Peristaltic pump 4 Bubble detector

Fig.3-20 ISE unit with the metal shield removed


The Dry Electrode ISE unit measures potassium (K+), sodium (Na+), chloride (Cl-) and CO2
levels using a patented dry electrode technology. A metal shield protects the electrodes
against electromagnetic influence. The peristaltic pump [2] draws sample and reference fluids
through the electrodes. The reference electrode [3] measures reference solution from the
bottle [5] that is placed next to the ISE unit. The other electrodes measure either reference
fluid or sample fluid that is drawn in from the ISE needle. The fluid passes a bubble detector
[4] before reaching the electrodes.

Info
i A bypass electrode is available for systems that do not require all ISE
electrodes.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-19
System description

3.5 Fluid and vacuum system

3.5.1 Overview

1 Water container 4 Bellows pump 7 Collecting cask


2 Water pump 5 Washing unit 8 Waste container
3 Water cask 6 Vacuum pump

Fig.3-21 Water cycle in the cuvette cleaning system


The fluid and vacuum system has the task of providing the instrument with water and
removing the waste fluids. The above figure shows how the most important functional parts of
the fluid and vacuum system work in the cuvette cleaning system.
The water cask [3] is used as the water supply in the analyzer. The water cask is also used by
the pipettor (see par. 3.3.1). When the water level in the water cask drops below the required
level, the water pump [2] is switched on to pump filtered water from the water container [1].
During the cuvette washing cycle, the bellows pump [4] draws water from the water cask and
dispenses it to the washing unit [5]. Aspiring the waste fluid from the cuvettes is done by
vacuum created in the collecting cask [7]. After being drawn into the collecting cask, the
waste fluid is pressed out into the waste container [8]. Both the vacuum and the pressurized
air required for the waste removal are created by the vacuum pump [6].
Detailed descriptions of the functional units and the process steps are given in the following
subsections. A detailed fluid and vacuum system diagram is shown in the Appendix. Note that
the term ‘water’ in this manual should be read as ‘system liquid’, which consists of at least
ASTM type II grade water, mixed with system solution (see par. 4.2.2).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-20 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.5.2 Pumps and valves

1 Valves 3 Vacuum pump 5 Vacuum tube


2 Water pump 4 Valve boards

Fig.3-22 Pumps and valves unit


The vacuum pump [3], water pump [2] and main valves [1] are mounted in the back of the
Selectra ProS. This unit supplies the analyzer with water and vacuum. A detailed fluid and
vacuum diagram is shown in the Appendix.
The water pump [2] transports water from the water container to the water cask. The water
cask is fitted with floating switches that monitor the availability of water and control the water
pump (see par. 3.5.3). The vacuum pump [3] is running when the analyzer is active. The
vacuum is created in the vacuum tube [5], which is linked to various elements in the analyzer
via the valves. The two valve boards [4] control the valves, water pump and vacuum pump.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-21
System description

3.5.3 Water cask

1 To system board 3 Water overflow 5 Water outlet


2 Lower float switch 4 Upper float switch 6 Water inlet

Fig.3-23 Water cask (cross-section)


The water cask monitors the water level. The water inlet [6] is connected to the water pump.
The water outlet [5] is connected to the pipettor unit and the bellows pump. An overflow water
outlet [3] leads back to the water container.
The signals from the detectors in the water cask [1] are used by the system board to switch
the water pump on and off. When the upper float switch [4] detects no water, the pump will
start running for 25 seconds. When the upper float switch still does not detect water after this
period, a warning is shown on the screen and the pump is activated for another 25 seconds.
When the lower float switch [2] detects no water, an error message is shown on the screen.
Also, the analyzer will stop pipetting samples and reagents. Measurements on the samples
that are already in the cuvette rotor will be finished.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-22 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.5.4 Bellows pump

1 Timing belt 4 Bellows 7 Optical sensors


2 Water supply 5 Valve 8 Positioning slit
3 Stepper motor 6 Driving bracket 9 Outlet tubing

Fig.3-24 Bellows pump (driver board and cabling not shown)


The bellows pump supplies the wash arm with water. The water is drawn from the water cask
connected to tube [2]. The stepper motor [3] moves the driving bracket [6], on which the
bellows [4] are mounted. The bellows have two defined positions: a zero position (up) and a
full stroke position (down, representing a volume of 500 μl). These positions are monitored by
two optical sensors [7] that detect a slit [8] in a flange on the driving shaft. The valves [5]
switch the fluid flow to and from each corresponding bellows.
On the downward movement of the driving bracket [6], the bellows are connected to the water
supply [2] via the electronically controlled valves [5]. The bellows draw a defined volume of
water in. The valves switch and on the upward stroke the water is dispensed to the tubing [9]
that leads to the wash arm.

Info
i The bellows pump contains six bellows. Only four are used for the wash arm.
The other two bellows are not used. They can be used as a spares when
required.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-23
System description

3.5.5 Collecting cask

1 Vacuum pump connection 3 Diluted waste cask 5 Valve


2 Fluid connection 4 Tubing to containers

Fig.3-25 Collecting cask


The collecting cask unit is used to pull in waste fluids from the cuvettes (in the washing
position) and needle rinse places. After the waste fluids have been pulled into the collecting
cask unit, they are forced to the waste container by pressurized air. The vacuum pump
connection [1] supplies vacuum and pressurized air alternately.
A detailed description of the steps in removing waste fluids is given in separate subsections.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-24 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.5.6 Water and waste containers

1 Float switch 4 Switch connector 7 Water tubes


2 Water container 5 Waste tubes
3 Water filter 6 Waste container

Fig.3-26 Water and waste containers


The Selectra ProS is fitted with a water container and a diluted waste container. The water
container [2] contains a water filter [3]. The waste container [6] has a float switch [1] that
monitors the fill level of the container. When the float switch is activated a warning will be
shown on the screen.

Info
i If the Selectra ProS is equipped with an external waste kit, waste fluids flow
directly into a drain. This option includes a larger water container.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-25
System description

3.5.7 Filling cuvettes

At the wash position, 4 cuvettes are filled with 500 μl water by the bellows pump. The sample
needle rinse place is filled with the same amount of water. The water is drawn from the water
cask, which is automatically filled from the water container by the water pump.
The filling sequence of the cuvettes is as follows:
1) Valves V7 to V10 are switched off (positions 1 and 3 connected).
2) The bellows pump driving bracket moves down, drawing water into the bellows.
3) Valves V7 to V10 are switched on (positions 2 and 3 connected).
4) The bellows pump driving bracket moves up, pushing the water out of the bellows.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-26 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.5.8 Emptying cuvettes and needle rinse place

A
B

Emptying the cuvettes and needle rinse place is done by vacuum. The fluids are drawn into
the collecting cask. The vacuum in the collecting cask is created by the vacuum pump (see
par. 3.5.9).
The emptying sequence of the cuvettes and needle rinse place is as follows:
1) Valve V3 closes.
2) The vacuum pump creates a vacuum in the collecting cask.
3) Valve V2 switches on (positions 2 and 3 connected).
4) The contents of the cuvettes is sucked into the collecting cask.
5) Valve V2 switches off (positions 1 and 3 connected).
6) Valve V4 switches on (positions 2 and 3 connected).
7) Valve V2 switches on (positions 2 and 3 connected).
8) The contents of the needle rinse place is sucked into the collecting cask.
9) Valves V4 and V2 switch off (positions 1 and 3 connected).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-27
System description

3.5.9 Emptying the collecting cask

Emptying the collecting cask is done by pressurized air. The fluids are forced into the diluted
waste container by creating pressure in the collecting cask. The required air pressure is
created by the vacuum pump.
The emptying sequence of the collecting cask is as follows:
1) Valve V2 switches off (positions 1 and 3 connected).
2) Valve V3 switches on.
3) Valves V1 and V12 switch on (positions 2 and 3 connected).
4) The air pressure on the collecting cask pushes the fluid into the diluted waste
container.
5) Valves V1 and V12 switch off (positions 1 and 3 connected).
6) Valve V3 switches off.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-28 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.6 Detection systems

3.6.1 Reagent / sample level detection

1 Needle 2 Bottle / tube 3 Rotor

Fig.3-27 Level detection mechanism


The needle [1] is connected to the LLD board. This detects the liquid level in the bottle / tube.
A 10 kHz oscillating signal is connected to the metal rotor, which is isolated from the rest of
the frame. The bottle / tube [2] with the reagent / sample fluid serves as a dielectric to make
the signal reach the needle. The level detection circuit measures the amplitude of that signal.
When the needle touches the fluid in the bottle / tube, the transmitted signal will be detected
by the LLD board (see par. 3.8.7). When the bottle / tube is empty, no signal is detected. This
will lead to an error message to the operator.

Info
i The liquid detection is not primarily done to detect an empty bottle / tube. Its
first objective is to control the stepper motor that moves the needle into the
fluid. When the needle reaches the fluid, it is moved down by a defined
number of steps, before aspiration of the fluid starts. Keeping the needle as
close to the surface as possible minimizes the needle surface that comes
into contact with the fluid and thereby reduces pollution and contamination.
It also prevents the formation of a drop of fluid on the outside of the needle,
which would be transferred to the cuvette and change the defined volume
that is being pipetted.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-29
System description

3.6.2 Needle switch

1 Needle shaft 3 Optical switch 5 Spring


2 Vane 4 Bracket 6 Hole in vane

Fig.3-28 Needle switch mechanism


Each pipetting head contains a needle switch. When the needle is obstructed in its downward
movement, the needle shaft [1] is pressed up. This allows the spring [5] to push the bracket
[4] away. The bracket swivels and causes the vane [2] to move deeper between the two sides
of the optical switch [3]. When the hole [6] in the vane reaches the light beam in the optical
switch, the arm board detects blocking of the needle.

Info
i The needle switch also works when the needle is blocked in its horizontal
movement, e.g. when a incorrectly placed tube or bottle blocks it.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-30 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.6.3 Cuvette overflow detection

1 Wash arm 2 Overflow detection pin 3 Cuvette rotor

Fig.3-29 Cross-section of cuvette and wash arm.


The wash arm is fitted with overflow detection pins. When the wash arm is in its lowest
position, the resistance between the overflow detection pins and the aspiration needles of the
wash arm is measured. When the liquid level is too high, the overflow detection pin touches
the water and the resistance is very low (the liquid short-circuits the aspiration needle and
overflow detection pin). This leads to a cuvette overflow error on the display.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-31
System description

3.6.4 Cuvette rotor detection

1 Wash arm board 3 Opto switch 0 5 Position vane


2 Aspiration needle 4 Opto switch 1 6 Opto switch 2

Fig.3-30 Cuvette rotor detection mechanism


The wash arm is fitted with a position vane [5], which is detected by a set of three optical
switches on the wash arm board [1]. When the wash arm is reset, it moves down until the
aspiration needles [2] hit the cuvette bottoms. In this position, the vane is still detected by the
middle optical switch [4]. If the cuvette rotor is missing, the wash arm can move down further
and the middle optical switch [4] does not detect the position vane anymore while the lower
optical switch [5] does. This is signalled in an error message.

Info
i Resetting the wash arm is done automatically at various occasions, e.g.
when the analyzer is switched on.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-32 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.6.5 Positive sample identification (PSID)

1 Sample rotor (PSID) 3 Mirror 5 Barcode label


2 Sample tube 4 Scanning slit 6 Barcode scanner

Fig.3-31 PSID system


The outer ring on the combined reagent / sample rotor [1] has openings facing outward. The
barcode scanner [6] reads the barcode labels [5] on the sample tubes [2]. A mirror [3] is used
to deflect the light beam from the scanner.
The barcode scanner and mirror are mounted on a bracket attached to the base frame of the
Selectra ProS. They are hidden behind the working table. A slit [4] in the working table allows
the light beam to pass through.
The signal from the barcode scanner is passed to the PSID interface board. This is a small
PCB that is plugged into a connector on the motion control board (MCB) that controls the
movement of the rotor.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-33
System description

3.7 Timing principle

3.7.1 Measurements timing

RB K1 - K10 SB / K11 K12 - K21 E

675
519
280
24
-3
-135

54
0

175

283
R1 S ISE R2 R2/R3

R1 Reagent 1 dispensing S Sample addition SB Sample blank


R2 Reagent 2 addition ISE ISE sample aspiration K Kinetic measurements
R3 Reagent 3 addition RB Reagent blank E Endpoint measurement

Fig.3-32 Sample preparation and measurement timing

Action Seconds Time Action Seconds Time

R1 -135 -02:15 K10 262 04:22


RB -3 -00:03 K11 / SB 280 04:40
S 0 00:00 R2 / R3 • 283 04:43
K1 24 00:24 K12 289 04:49
K2 50 00:50 K13 307 05:07
ISE 54 00:54 K14 333 05:33
K3 77 01:17 K15 360 06:00
K4 103 01:43 K16 386 06:26
K5 130 02:10 K17 413 06:53
K6 156 02:36 K18 439 07:19
R2 • 175 02:55 K19 466 07:46
K7 183 03:03 K20 500 08:20
K8 209 03:29 K21 519 08:39
K9 236 03:56 E 675 11:15

• When three reagents are used, R2 is added earlier and R3 takes the place of R2.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-34 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.7.2 Cuvette timing

The cuvette rotor moves in a fixed cycle, making one full revolution plus one step in each
cycle. After one cycle, each cuvette has shifted one position forward compared to the fixed
positions of the functional units in the measurement section (see par. 3.7.3).
Measurements are always performed at fixed points in the cuvette timing cycle. This means
that each action takes place in the next cuvette compared to the previous cycle.
Measurements are always performed, even if they are not required for the sample. The
software in the analyzer determines which measurements are used to calculate the test
results.

K22 K11 K1

0 5 10 15 20

Fig.3-33 Cuvette timing principle


The diagram shows a sample going through several cuvette cycles. In its first measurement
cycle (after the sample is prepared in previous cycles), the sample is at the K1 position when
that measurement is performed. In each subsequent cycle, the cuvette rotor has shifted one
position, causing the sample to be in the next measurement position. This continues until all
measurements are performed and the sample is discarded.
The cuvette rotor can be compared to a production line in a factory, where each cuvette
passes the various stages in the production process at fixed locations and in a fixed timing. If
the analyzer would not use a rotor but a linear sample transport chain, this would require
many measuring units along that production line.

Measurement cycle

A B C D

0 5 10 15 20 25 27
Fig.3-34 Cuvette timing phases
The cuvette performs one rotation in 27 seconds. In the first part of its rotation cycle [A], a
number of actions take place to prepare for new measurements. This includes washing the
cuvette, dispensing the first reagent and adding the sample. Also, dichromatic endpoint
measurements are done in this cycle. In the second part of the rotation cycle [B], half of
the kinetic measurements take place. The other half take place during the last part of the
cycle [D]. Also, dichromatic reagent blanks are performed in this part of the cycle. In the
third part of the cuvette rotation cycle [C], addition of second and third reagents, sample
blanks and predilution of the sample take place. Which actions are required depends on
the tests that were requested for each sample.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-35
System description

3.7.3 Cuvette rotor positions

1 Measurement 26 Pipetting needle 34-38 Wash arm


24 ISE sample needle 33 Drying block

Fig.3-35 Positions of units relative to the cuvettes


The cuvette rotor contains 48 cuvettes. Each of these will be used to create a reagent /
sample mixture and perform all required measurements on it. The units that perform actions
on the contents of the cuvettes have fixed positions, which are indicated in the above
diagram. The numbers are relative to the measurement position: from that point, cuvettes are
numbered counter-clockwise, counting up from 1 to 48.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-36 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.8 Control system

3.8.1 Overview

The Selectra ProS is controlled by a set of electronics boards in the back of the instrument. A
panel PC with touch screen supplies the user interface. The main control board in the
instrument is the System Board (SB), which holds the core microprocessor that drives all the
functional units on other boards. The Motion Control Boards (MCB) each drive two stepper
motors. The Temperature Control Board (TCB) monitors and regulates the temperature of
several components. The Photometer Board (PB) processes the signals from the light
detectors.

Fig.3-36 Overview of the control system in the Selectra ProS


Apart from these main electronic boards, several smaller control boards are built into some of
the components of the instrument. The table below lists the most important control boards
and gives references to detailed descriptions.

Table 3-1: Types of control boards in the Selectra ProS

Acronym Description See:

SB System Board par. 3.8.2


MCB Motion Control Board par. 3.8.3
TCB Temperature Control Board par. 3.8.5
PB Photometer Board par. 3.8.4
CU Cooling Unit board par. 3.8.6
LLD Liquid Level Detection board par. 3.8.7

Info
i PCB layouts and electrical diagrams are listed in the Electronics chapter.
That chapter also contains the wiring diagrams that specify how the boards
are interconnected.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-37
System description

3.8.2 System board

Master CPU

Master SIO RAM EPROM

SIO 1
Serial communication with slave controllers

KIO SIO
CPU
SIO 2
PIO
CTC
CTC

SIO 3 PIO 1 PIO 2

Drivers for
pumps and valves Photometer signals

Fig.3-37 Block diagram of the system board


The system board controls the analyzer. A Z80 microprocessor is the heart of the system
board. The control software of the system board is stored in an EPROM unit. The system
board receives instructions from the computer that runs the analyzer software.
The system board communicates with the MCBs via 3 serial communication ports (Z80-SIO
devices). Each MCB controls the mechanical movements of one functional unit (see par.
3.8.3). Additionally, the system board controls the pumps, valves and heating elements via
digital driver boards. The Z80 processes the signals from the photometer board into
absorbance results. Intermediate results are stored in the 32 KB CMOS RAM memory.
The KIO (Z80-KIO) is an integrated device that contains a CTC, PIO and SIO, with the
following functions:
• KIO-CTC: A/D conversion of the photometer signal and timing control.
• KIO-PIO: Control valves, pumps, heating elements and other digital IO.
• KIO-SIO: Serial connections to the computer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-38 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.8.3 Motion control boards

Fig.3-38 Block diagram of the motion control board


Each MCB contains two stepper motor drivers. All MCBs have identical hardware. The
software in the microcontroller on the MCB contains all functionality. The dipswitch settings on
the MCB determine which functionality is activated. The correct settings and positions of the
MCBs are listed in the table below.

Table 3-2: Dipswitch settings and positions of MCBs

Name on label / Function Position Dipswitch

Pipettor A1
Vertical movement of syringes

Meas. unit Filterwheel A2


Rotation of cuvette rotor and filter wheel

Pipetting Arm A6
Horizontal and vertical movement of the pipetting arm

Reagent / Sample rotor A7


Rotation of reagent / sample rotor

Wash arm Bellowspump A8


Vertical position of wash arm plus bellows pump

Info
i When the stepper motor runs normally, it may seem that the LEDs are on
continuously, because the switching time is much faster than the human eye
can detect.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-39
System description

3.8.4 Photometer board

Photo
Diode Photometer Measuring signals
Circuit (to system board)
Photo
Diode
(Ref.)

Fig.3-39 Block diagram of the photometer board


The photometer board receives the signals from two light detectors. One is fitted inside the
inner stator of the measuring unit and produces the actual measurement. The other is fitted
below the beam splitter and produces the reference measurement (see par. 3.4.1). The latter
signal is used to check and compensate for variations in the light source.
The signals are processed by a programmable input amplifier and a lin/log converter circuit.
These are described separately below. They apply to both signals.

Programmable input amplifier


G3

Photo
Diode
IC 11 Vx

b1
G0

b2
G1
Gain
b4 Control
G2

b8
G3

b(ase) = 1,5

Fig.3-40 Block diagram of a programmable input amplifier on the PB


The signal from the photo diode in the light detector is fed to the amplifier A1 (IC 11). The
four switches are controlled by signals G0 to G3 from the system board. The four switches
allow 16 gain factors to be chosen. Each step multiplies the amplification by a factor 1.5.
This results in an absorbance change of approximately 255 mAbs.
As is shown in the table, the total available gain range is 0 to 3.82 Abs. When a cuvette
blank procedure is performed, the analyzer software uses successive approximation to
determine the optimal gain factor to be used. The gain will be chosen such that the output
signal of the amplifier fits in a specific window, which determines the minimum and
maximum absorbance limits for the instrument. The lower limit is fixed at 145 mAbs; the
upper limit of the blanking window is set at 436 mAbs.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-40 6003-500-450-01
System description

Info
i The theoretical maximum of the photometer range is 0.436 + 3.82 = 4.256
Abs. At this level, the noise and drift effects are very high. Therefore, the
maximum gain step that is used in the analyzer software is 12. This allows a
maximum measurable absorbance of 3.06 + 0.436 = 3.496.

Step G3 • G2 G1 G0 Amplification Absorbance gain

0 1 0 0 0 1 0
1 1 0 0 1 1.5 0.255
2 1 0 1 0 2.25 0.51
3 1 0 1 1 3.38 0.765
4 1 1 0 0 5.06 1.02
5 1 1 0 1 7.6 1.275
6 1 1 1 0 11.4 1.53
7 1 1 1 1 17.1 1.785
8 0 0 0 0 25.6 2.04
9 0 0 0 1 38.4 2.295
10 0 0 1 0 57.7 2.55
11 0 0 1 1 86.5 2.805
12 0 1 0 0 129.7 3.06
13 0 1 0 1 194.6 3.315
14 0 1 1 0 292 3.57
15 0 1 1 1 438 3.82

• Signal G3 is active high, so its effect is reversed when compared to the other
signals.

Lin/log converter
Photometer board System board

start/stop

CLK
(from KIO)
99 IC5
10V
C4 f IC7a
1 f/2

CTC
100mV reference & 16-bits
Vx IC13 IC6b counter
Input
Amplifier
IC2
meas.
/ref.

Conversion of the linear signal from the amplifier to the required logarithmic scale is done
by using the logarithmic discharge curve of capacitor C4. The capacitor is first charged to
10V. The voltage Vx is compared to the voltage over the capacitor. The time from the start

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-41
System description

of the discharge to the point where the voltages are equal corresponds to the log of the
measured signal. This time is measured by starting a counter at the start of the discharge
and stopping it when the two voltages are equal. The counter is placed on the system
board.
10V

Vcapacitor

reported count
Vmeasured

0V
counter
0
To compensate for possible temperature and component variations, the conversion is also
done for a defined reference signal. Conversions of actual measurements and reference
signals are constantly alternated.
The reference signal voltage is fixed at 100 mV, which corresponds to 20 000 counts and
2.0 Abs. When the reference count differs from 20 000, the count for actual measurements
is changed proportionally. When the reference count is more than 1 000 counts off the
target of 20 000, an error is reported.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-42 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.8.5 Temperature control board

The temperature control board performs the following functions:


• Controlling the temperature of the cuvette rotor
• Controlling the lamp voltage
• Feeding the cuvette cover heating
• Controlling the temperature of the reagent needle heating
These functions are described in separate sections below.

Temperature of the cuvette rotor

Fig.3-41 Block diagram of the cuvette temperature control on the TCB


The temperature control of the cuvette rotor is always working, unless the instrument is
halted or if a cuvette temperature error occurs.
The cuvette rotor is heated or cooled by two Peltier elements. The temperature is
monitored by a linear thermistor network, consisting of precision resistors mounted inside
the cuvette rotor assembly. The thermistor is connected to a precision A/D converter on
the temperature control board.
The software of the microcontroller monitors the temperature and controls the voltage fed
to the Peltier elements, as well as the polarity (via the H bridge driver). The difference
between the target temperature and the measured temperature is calculated, with a
correction for variations in the ambient temperature (which is measured by an NTC
thermistor).
The temperature control board is fitted with a small operating panel, containing a three-
digit LED display and three buttons. These can be used to read and change information on
the board.

Info
i Using the operating panel on the temperature control board is described in
the Electronics chapter. See par. 6.7.3.

The system board can monitor the temperature within ± 0.5 ºC via the READY signal. If
the target temperature is not reached within 5 minutes the microcontroller generates a
cuvette temperature error.

Info
i If the cuvette temperature error is acknowledged the error will not re-appear
until the instrument is reset. The heating circuit is switched off.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-43
System description

Lamp voltage

Fig.3-42 Block diagram of the lamp voltage control on the TCB


The voltage is stabilized by a current limiting circuit and a low drop voltage regulator. The
output of the regulator is very stable at 12V +/- 0.1V. The regulator can be switched on and
off by the system board via the microcontroller. The current lamp voltage is read back in to
the microcontroller for monitoring purposes. The lamp current is limited to 3A.

Feeding the cuvette cover heating


The temperature control board feeds 14V to the electronics inside the cuvette cover. The
cuvette cover is heated up to 37º C.

Temperature of the reagent needle

Fig.3-43 Block diagram of the needle heating control on the TCB


An NTC thermistor is used to measure the current needle temperature. The signal from
the thermistor is fed to the microcontroller and to the temperature safety circuit. The
microcontroller compares the current temperature to the target and determines the voltage
that is fed to the heating element.
The temperature safety circuit checks for possible short circuits or sensor errors. The
circuit checks the voltage from the thermistor against fixed minimum and maximum values
and switches off the heating in case an error is detected.
The needle heating can also be switched off via a separate line from the microcontroller to
the voltage regulator.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-44 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.8.6 Cooling unit board

Temp. sensor Alarm


System board
cold side
CU
Temp. sensor Cooling fan
hot side Water pump
Heat sinks
Power
Peltier elements

The cooling unit board drives two Peltier elements and a heat exchanger. The Peltier
elements are provided with controlled power via the cooling unit board. The cooling
temperature is set to 10º C. If the temperature sensor (cold side) measures a higher
temperature of the primary cooler, the measured difference is used to determine the power
required for cooling.
The Peltier elements use water cooling to release the heat. The heated water is transported
to a heat exchanger with forced cooling. The cooling unit board controls a pump and fan that
are always on. For protection of the system, two extra temperature sensors (hot side) are
fitted. When they detect overheating (60º C), these switches interrupt the power to the Peltier
elements and send an alarm to the system board. When the temperature drops below 40º C,
the Peltier elements are switched again on and cooling is resumed.

LED status indicators


The cooling unit board is fitted with two LEDs. These are visible after removing the front
panel of the machine. If an error occurs, a ‘cooling unit error’ status is also shown in the
analyzer software. The green LED blinks when the unit is cooling (the target temperature
is not reached yet). When the measured temperature is within 1º C of the target
temperature, the green LED will be lit continuously.
When errors occur, the green LED is switched off. The red LED shows short and long
flashes to signal an error code. Possible error codes, their meanings and possible
remedies are listed in par. 7.1.10.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-45
System description

3.8.7 LLD board

Needle

Pipetting Reagent / Sample


MCB
Arm Liquid
Pipetting Arm
Board Detection

Oscillator

Info
i The LLD board is often referred to as PLL board. LLD refers to the function
(Liquid Level Detection), whereas PLL refers to the electronic mechanism
that is used. The name LLD is preferred.

The liquid detection circuits for the pipetting needles are located on the LLD board. A 10V 10
kHz oscillator signal is generated on the board and connected to the rotor. The metal base
plate of the rotor and the metal needle serve as a capacitor, with the liquid in the reagent
bottle or sample tube serving as the dielectric. When the needle touches the liquid, the
oscillating signal is picked up and fed back to the LLD board.
When the return signal is detected by the LLD board, a signal is sent to the motion control
board for the pipetting arm. The sensitivity of the liquid detection circuit can be adjusted by
potentiometers on the LLD board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-46 6003-500-450-01
System description

3.8.8 Power supply and fuses

The DC power for the analyzer is supplied by a switched power supply, which accepts input
voltages from 95 to 264 V AC with frequencies between 47 and 63 Hz. The specifications of
the power supply and the voltages used by the various components in the analyzer are listed
in the table below.

5.15 V 12.0 V 14.0 V 24.0 V 30.0 V GND

Maximum current 5.6 A 5.2 A 7.0 A 0.6 A 8.0 A n.a.


System board x x x x
Motion control boards x x x x
Temperature control board x x x x
Photometer board x x
Cooling unit board x x
Valve board x x
Fans x x

Fuses
The analyzer is fitted with fuses to protect the main components. The specifications and
locations of all fuses are listed below.

Description Type Location


Main power fuse 5 A Slow Below mains input
Cooling unit board 6 A Multifuse F1
Motion control boards 3.15 A Slow F 1-2
Motion control boards 1 A Slow F3
System board 3.15 A Slow F 1,2
Photometer board 1 A Slow F1
Valve board 3.15 A Slow F1
Temperature board 3.15 A Slow F 1-2
Temperature board 250 mA Slow F3

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
When fuses are replaced, the new fuses must match these specifications
exactly. If other fuses are fitted, all warranty will be void.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 3-47
System description

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3-48 6003-500-450-01
4

Installation

This chapter contains instructions for transport, unpacking and installation of the analyzer.
Instructions on re-packaging the analyzer for transport after it has been in use are also
included.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-1
Installation

4.1 Preparing for installation

4.1.1 Transport and storage

Fig.4-1 The Selectra ProS ready for transport


The Selectra ProS comes in a two cardboard boxes, strapped together on a wooden pallet.
Transport of the packed instrument must be done with a forklift.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i The boxed instrument should be stored in a dry environment at temperatures
between -10 and +45 ºC (14 to 113 ºF).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-2 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.1.2 Preparing the installation site

To prepare the installation site for the analyzer, make sure the following requirements can be
met:
• Only instruments that meet the relevant safety requirments may be connected to the
analyzer.
• Only use UL-listed power supply cables and power distribution blocks.
• The analyzer should not be placed near to sources of strong electromagnetic
radiation (e.g. unshielded intentional radio transmitters).
• The analyzer must be placed on a level surface. Make sure ergonomic
requirements are met.
• The mounting surface must be strong enough to carry the analyzer plus possible
peripherals without bending.
• The mounting surface must be free of vibrations.
• A reliable power connection must be available. See the technical specifications.
• The analyzer and peripherals must be well grounded.
• It is recommended to use an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS).
• The analyzer must be free of the wall on all sides.
• The power cords should be accessible without having to move the analyzer.
• Adequate ventilation in the room and around the instrument must be available to
prevent overheating and condensation.
• The analyzer must not be exposed to direct sunlight.
• Distilled or purified water (at least ASTM type II) must be available.
• The analyzer should not be exposed to extreme temperatures or humidity. See the
technical specifications in par. A.1.3.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
The analyzer and optional additional devices, parts and accessories must
only be unpacked and installed by a qualified service engineer from Vital
Scientific or a designated representative. Vital Scientific does not accept
liability for any consequential damage, loss or costs as a result of non-
conformance to this rule.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-3
Installation

4.1.3 Unpacking

It is recommended to unpack the analyzer as close to the installation site as possible.

1 Remove the straps


2 Remove the top box
The top box contains the accessories box, the panel PC and documentation. Put the box
aside for later use during the installation procedure.
3 Remove the large box

Fig.4-2 The large box must be lifted to remove it


4 Remove the plastic sealing

Fig.4-3 After removing the cardboard


The plastic sealing is fastened inside the water / waste compartment (on the front right side
of the instrument). Open the door to this compartment to remove the plastic completely.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-4 6003-500-450-01
Installation

5 Remove the bolts from the fastening brackets

Fig.4-4 The analyzer is bolted to the bottom plate


Remove the 5 mm Allen screws that fasten the analyzer to the brackets on the wooden
base. The brackets are placed on either side and in the back.
6 Place the analyzer in its designated position

! WARNING

HEAVY LOAD
Use care when lifting, removing or installing the analyzer. The weight of the
analyzer is 75 kg. Make sure there are enough people to safely lift the
analyzer. Consult local sources for additional information on the locally valid
workplace safety regulations for lifting a load.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


Lift the analyzer by the frame only. Do not lift it by any of the panels, as this
will cause damage to the panels and/or hinges.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-5
Installation

7 Remove the transport protections

1 Wash position 2 Movement restrictor

Fig.4-5 Final steps in preparing the analyzer for installation


a) Open the glass cover.
b) Remove the foam pieces.
c) Remove the transparent tape [1] from the wash position.
d) Remove the plastic movement restrictors [2] from the pipetting arm.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


Be careful when removing the foam pieces. The pipetting needle must not
be damaged or bent.

8 Unpack the accessories


Check the contents of the accessories box against the packing list. Major damage or
missing parts must be noted on the Installation Report that comes with the analyzer.
9 Store all packing materials
• Screw the 5 mm Allen screws into the analyzer in the positions where they were
removed earlier. This ensures that the screws will not get lost.
• Store the movement restrictors, foam pieces, plastic sealing, cardboard boxes and
pallet for possible future use when re-packing the analyzer.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i In various countries there are regulations on the disposal of packaging
waste. If you choose to discard the packing materials, consult local sources
for additional information on correct disposal of waste.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-6 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.2 Installation

4.2.1 Mounting the panel PC

The panel PC is mounted on an arm that allows moving the panel PC to a convenient working
position. The panel PC and the mounting arm come in separate boxes and must be
assembled and mounted on the analyzer.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Do not use the mounting arm documentation to adjust the tension of the arm.
Adjusting the tension should be done as described below.

1 Unpack the panel PC


Place the panel PC with the screen down on a clean surface.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


To avoid scratching the touch screen, make sure the surface is clean and no
sharp objects can touch the screen. It is recommended to use a clean cloth
or a large piece of cardboard to place the panel PC on.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i In various countries there are regulations on the disposal of packaging
waste. If you choose to discard the packing materials, consult local sources
for additional information on correct disposal of waste.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-7
Installation

Perform one of the following two steps, as required.


2 Attach the arm to the panel PC (with the optional keyboard support)

Fig.4-6 Attaching the mounting arm and keyboard support to the panel PC
Use the enclosed long screws and a Philips head size 1 screwdriver. Tighten all four
screws.
3 Attach the arm to the panel PC (without the optional keyboard support)

Fig.4-7 Attaching the mounting arm to the panel PC


Use the enclosed short screws and a Philips head size 1 screwdriver. Tighten all four
screws.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-8 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4 Mount the arm on the analyzer


a) Place the white Teflon bush over the mounting post on the analyzer.
b) Place the mounting arm with the panel PC on the mounting post.
c) Insert the stainless steel bolt with two washers into the mounting post. The larger washer
is bolded and must be mounted with the bolded side up.
d) Tighten the stainless steel bolt with the enclosed Allen head key.
e) Make sure the arm can be rotated on the mounting post smoothly.

Fig.4-8 Fastening the mounting arm on the analyzer


5 Adjust the arm tension
a) Rotate the mounting arm so that the panel PC is on the right side of the analyzer.
b) Push the mounting arm with the panel PC all the way down, as shown in Fig.4-9.
c) Turn the tensioning screw until the arm keeps the panel PC in position.
d) Check the tension by moving the panel PC to various vertical positions. The panel PC
should stay in position without holding it.

Fig.4-9 Adjusting the tension on the mounting arm

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-9
Installation

6 Adjust the tilting tension


a) Move the panel PC to its normal operating height.
b) Tighten the four screws (see Fig.4-10) equally to avoid tilting of the panel PC.
c) Check the tension by rotating the panel PC. The panel PC should stay in position without
holding it.

Fig.4-10 Tilting mechanism in the back of the panel PC


7 Connect the cables to the panel PC
a) Attach the power cable to the 12V DC connector [1].
b) Attach the serial null-modem cable to the COM1 connector [2].
c) Attach the keyboard cable to one of the USB slots [3].
d) If a printer is used, attach the USB printer cable to one of the USB slots [3].
1 2 3

Fig.4-11 Attaching the cables to the panel PC

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-10 6003-500-450-01
Installation

8 Lead the cables through the support


a) Loosen the four screws in the back of the support a little.
b) Open the two plastic covers to guide the cables through.
c) Fasten the screws.

Fig.4-12 Leading cables through the support


9 Attach the cables to the analyzer and printer
a) Attach the serial cable to the connector in the back of the analyzer.
b) Attach the optional printer cable to the printer.
10 Attach the power cables
a) Attach the power cable to the mains connector in the back of the analyzer.
b) Plug the power cables of the panel PC and analyzer into grounded power sockets.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-11
Installation

4.2.2 Installing water and waste containers

Info
i If the optional external waste kit is included with the analyzer, follow the
procedure in par. 4.2.3.

1 Open the water and waste compartment


2 Install the water container
a) Attach the WATER sticker to a 2 liter container.
b) Pour 5 ml system solution from the accessories kit into the container.
c) Add distilled water until the water container is full.
d) Insert the water filter into the container.
e) Screw the water cap on the container.
f) Connect the tubes to the connection plate behind the container. Make sure the numbers
on the tubes and on the connections match.

Fig.4-13 Installing the water container

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-12 6003-500-450-01
Installation

3 Install the diluted waste container


a) Attach the DILUTED WASTE sticker to a 2 liter container.
b) Attach the BIOHAZARD sticker to the container.
c) Screw the diluted waste cap on the container.
d) Connect the tubes to the connection plate behind the container. Make sure the numbers
on the tubes and on the connections match.
e) Connect the level sensor cable to the connector.

Fig.4-14 Diluted waste container and connections

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-13
Installation

4.2.3 Installing water and external waste kit

Info
i If the optional external waste kit is NOT included with the analyzer, follow the
procedure in par. 4.2.2.

1 Open the water and waste compartment


2 Install the external waste kit
a) Connect the tubes of the external waste kit to the connection plate [2]. Make sure the
numbers on the tubes and on the connections match.
b) Lead the tubes through the opening in the right panel and into a drain.
c) Connect the waste bypass connector to the connection plate [2].

Fig.4-15 External waste kit connections

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-14 6003-500-450-01
Installation

3 Install the water container


a) Attach the WATER sticker to the 5 liter container.
b) Pour 12.5 ml system solution from the accessories kit into the container.
c) Add distilled water until the water container is full.
d) Insert the water filter into the container.
e) Screw the water cap on the container.
f) Connect the tubes to the connection plate behind the container. Make sure the numbers
on the tubes and on the connections match.

Fig.4-16 Installing the water container

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-15
Installation

4.2.4 Installing other parts

1 Install the syringes


See par. 6.4.1.
2 Fill the cooling unit
See par. 6.2.3.
3 Install the components of the optional ISE unit
See the Selectra ProS User Manual.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-16 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.2.5 Installing the application software

1 Switch on the panel PC


Push the power button on the bottom side of the panel PC.
2 Log in as Maintenance
3 Deactivate the File Based Write Filter
Touch the button Disable write filter. Then touch the OK button in the confirmation dialog
that appears. The panel PC reboots automatically with the File Based Write Filter switched
off.

Info
i The File Based Write Filter is a safety feature of Windows. It is used to
prevent unauthorized or accidental overwriting of important system
information. It must be deactivated to allow the installation of the analyzer
software.

4 Log in as Maintenance
5 Install the application software
a) Insert the USB flash drive with the application software in a free USB port.
b) Open Windows Explorer and navigate to the USB flash drive.
c) Double-click the Setup application on the USB flash drive.
d) Reboot the panel PC when the installation is finished.
6 Log in as Maintenance
7 Activate the File Based Write Filter
Touch the button Enable write filter. Then touch the OK button in the confirmation dialog
that appears. The panel PC reboots automatically with the File Based Write Filter switched
on.
8 Switch on the analyzer
9 Log in as Analyzer
10 Start the analyzer software
Double-click (or double-tap) the Elitech Clinical Systems logo on the desktop.

When ELITech reagents will be used:


11 Import test parameters from the USB flash drive
See the User Manual for instructions.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-17
Installation

4.2.6 Finishing the installation

1 Set the system parameters and configuration


See the User Manual for instructions.
2 Place the cuvette rotor
See the user manual for details.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Only touch the cuvette rotor on the handle in the center. Never touch the
cuvettes or the sides of the cuvette rotor.

3 Fill the system


Start the Fill System function. Repeat if air bubbles are visible.
4 Place acid solution on the reagent rotor
Acid solution is available from Vital Scientific or Seppim (see par. A.1.4). Instead of this,
HCL 0.1N can be used.
5 Place needle rinse solution on the reagent and sample rotors
Needle rinse solution is system cleaning solution diluted at 1:10 with distilled water.
6 Perform a rotor blank
See the User Manual for instructions.
7 Run a performance test
a) Perform the SR3 and SR75 test on specific controls. See par. 6.2.2.
b) Report the results on the Installation Report.
8 Perform a reagent blank
9 Run calibrations
10 Run quality control materials
Report the results on the Installation Report.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-18 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.2.7 Parameters for the performance test

Parameter SR75 SR3

Name Check-R Check-S


Mode Twopoint Endpoint
Wavelength 340 nm 340 nm
Units None None
Decimals 3 3
Low / High conc. 0.000 0.000
Calibrator name None None
Prozone check No No
Ref. Low 0.000 Abs 0.000 Abs
Ref. High 0.000 Abs 0.000 Abs
Control 1 Water 8 Abs
Target 1.750 0.080
Low Limit 1.500 0.060
High Limit 2.000 0.100
Westgard No No
Control 2 / 3 None None
Correl. Factor 1.000 1.000
Correl. Offset 0.000 0.000
Dual Mode
Sample blank No No
R1 bottle 25 ml 25 ml
Normal / rerun 224 μl 297 μl
Sample
Normal / rerun 1.0 μl 3.0 μl
R2 bottle 25 ml 25 ml
Normal / rerun 75 μl 0 μl
Predilution No No
Incubation time -- 4.5 min
Slope blank No --
Point one, two -3.6 sec --
Low / High Absorbance -0.100 / 3.000 Abs -0.100 / 3.000 Abs
R. Abs.L /H Limit -0.100 / 3.000 Abs -0.100 / 3.000 Abs
Substr. Depletion 3.000 Abs --
Reagent blank No No
Factor 1.000 1.000

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-19
Installation

4.3 Taking the analyzer out of use

4.3.1 Switching the analyzer off for a long time

If the analyzer is going to be switched off for a relatively long time (e.g. several weeks), some
precautions must be taken to prevent damage to some of the components.

1 Perform a clean system procedure


See par. 6.2.1.
2 Empty the system
a) Remove the water filter from the water container.
b) Open the Rotor / System menu.
c) Open the Fill / Empty System screen.
d) Touch the Empty System button.
3 Empty the water container

If the optional ISE unit is installed in your analyzer:


4 Empty the ISE unit
See the User Manual for instructions.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-20 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.3.2 Preparing for transport or storage

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i The analyzer should be stored and/or transported in a dry condition. All
system solution and cooling liquid must be removed.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Preparing the analyzer for transport should only be done by a qualified
service engineer from Vital Scientific or its designated representative.

1 Clean and empty the system


Perform all steps of the procedure described in par. 4.3.1.
2 Remove the cooling liquid

a) Disconnect the upper tube from the mounting block of the sight glass [1].
b) Place the end of the upper tube in a container to catch the cooling liquid. The container
should be placed below the level of the analyzer.
c) Remove the cap [2] from the sight glass.
d) Switch the analyzer on.
e) Wait until all cooling liquid is pumped into the container.
f) Swtich the analyzer off.
g) Place the cap [2] on the sight glass.
h) Connect the tube [1] to the mounting block of the sight glass.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Do not keep the analyzer switched on after the cooling liquid is drained. This
may lead to overheating of the cooling pump.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-21
Installation

3 Remove installed units and parts


Follow the installation instructions in par. 4.2.1 to par. 4.2.4 in reversed order.
4 Pack the analyzer
Follow the installation instructions in par. 4.1.3 in reversed order.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-22 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.4 Upgrading and restoring

4.4.1 Preparations

If the analyzer software and/or operating system must be upgraded or restored, all customer-
specific data must first be backed up, so that they can be restored after the new operating
system and/or analyzer software is installed. This can be done by creating a restore point,
which allows restoring the analyzer to its previous state after upgrading the software. See the
User Manual for instructions on creating and restoring a restore point.

Checking the analyzer software version


The analyzer software version is listed on the Release screen in the Install menu. Check
the Master field in the Prom Software section of the screen. See par. 1.2.4.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-23
Installation

4.4.2 Restoring the operating system

1 Switch off the PC


2 Insert the Restore USB Stick
Make sure you use the correct part number.
3 Switch on the PC
When the BIOS startup appears, press F11.
4 In the menu, select USB Device
Use the arrow keys to highlight the selection. Press the Enter key. The Clonezilla menu
appears.
5 Select the first option
When the Clonezilla Live... (Default setting) option is highlighted, press the Enter key.
Ignore all error messages that may appear.
6 Confirm the choice (twice)
The software asks to confirm your choice twice. For both questions, type Y and press the
Enter key. The screen shows a status bar on the screen.
7 Wait while the operating system is being installed
This takes approximately 80 seconds. When the command Press Enter appears, press the
Enter key.
8 Finish the installation
Press 0 to power off. A DOS screen with a counter appears. The command Please remove
the USB flash drive... and press Enter to continue appears. Remove the Restore USB Stick
and press the Enter key. Press 0 and the Enter key to shut down the PC.
9 Restart the PC
The restored operating system starts up.
Finishing work:
• Restore the application software (see par. 4.4.3).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-24 6003-500-450-01
Installation

4.4.3 Restoring the application software

Info
i If no backup data is available, you can use the installation procedure that is
performed for new analyzers. See par. 4.2.5.

1 Log in as Maintenance
2 Deactivate the File Based Write Filter
Touch the button Disable write filter. Then touch the Yes button in the confirmation dialog
that appears. The panel PC reboots automatically with the File Based Write Filter switched
off.

Info
i The File Based Write Filter is a safety feature of Windows. It is used to
prevent unauthorized or accidental overwriting of important system
information. It must be deactivated to allow the installation of the analyzer
software.

3 Log in as Maintenance
4 Install the application software
a) Insert the USB flash drive with the application software in a free USB port.
b) Open Windows Explorer and navigate to the USB flash drive.
c) Double-click the Setup application on the USB flash drive.
5 Activate the File Based Write Filter
Touch the button Enable write filter. Then touch the Yes button in the confirmation dialog
that appears. The panel PC reboots automatically with the File Based Write Filter switched
on.
6 Switch on the analyzer
7 Log in as Analyzer
8 Start the analyzer software
Double-click (or double-tap) the Elitech Clinical Systems logo on the desktop.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 4-25
Installation

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
4-26 6003-500-450-01
5

Software

This chapter contains descriptions of the service software available for the instrument.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-1
Software

5.1 Overview

5.1.1 Service menus

The service menu gives access to 7 screens. The first one is a submenu that offers a choice
of service functions. The other screens give direct access to supporting functions. The main
menu and submenu are described together in this paragraph.

Service menu choices

Submenu Function See:

Functional check/ Submenu with functional checks and next


adjustments adjustment screens. subsection
Needle rinse history Needle rinse status; par. 5.2.1
needle rinse procedure.
ISE cleaning history ISE cleaning status. User Manual
ISE calibration history ISE calibration status. User Manual
Error history Error history. par. 5.2.2
Changes Log History of changes to the analyzer software. par. 5.2.3
System configuration Configuration of the analyzer. par. 5.2.4

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-2 6003-500-450-01
Software

Submenu choices

Submenu Function See:

Adjust Lamp Shows lamp and cuvette absorbances; par. 5.3.1


used to adjust the lamp.
Arm & Disk/Barcode Status of the pipetting arm, reagent / sample par. 5.3.3
rotor and barcode scanner; forcing the arm
and/or rotor to specific positions.
Measurement Disc/ Status of the cuvette rotor and filter wheel; par. 5.3.4
Filter forcing them to specific positions.
Wash Arm Status of the wash arm; par. 5.3.5
forcing the wash arm to specific positions.
ISE Arm/ISE Unit Status of the ISE arm and ISE unit; par. 5.3.6
forcing the ISE arm to specific positions.
Pipettor Status of the pipettor; par. 5.3.7
forcing the syringes to specific positions.
Vacuum system Status of the vacuum system; par. 5.3.8
Forcing valves and vacuum pump.
Water system Status of the fluid system; par. 5.3.9
Forcing valves and fluid pumps.
Optical electronics Status of the optical electronics; par. 5.3.10
Changing the gain (for diagnostics).
Electronics Status of various electronic components; par. 5.3.11
Procedures for checks.

Overall system status

The state of various subsystems is shown on most of the service screens. The signals
indicate the status of the following subsystems:
• PIPE: Pipettor drive
• CUVR: Cuvette rotor drive
• ARM: Pipetting arm drive
• DSC: Reagent / sample rotor drive
• WARM: Wash arm drive

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-3
Software

5.2 Status and history screens

5.2.1 Needle Rinse History screen

Info
i The top of the screen shows the date and time when the last needle rinse
was performed. The lower part of the screen gives instructions on
performing a needle rinse procedure.

Function buttons
Wash Rotor : Start a complete washing cycle of the cuvette rotor.
Wash/Fill Rotor : Start a complete washing cycle of the cuvette rotor. After the washing
cycle, the cuvettes are filled with water.
Needle Rinse : Start a cleaning cycle of the sample and reagent needles.
Return : Return to the Service screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-4 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.2.2 Error History screen

Info
i The left section of the screen shows the list of dates/times when errors were
stored. Select one of the entries in the list to see all error messages of that
date/time in the list to the right.

Parameters
Error text : Error that was generated and shown in an error dialog window. For a full list of
possible error messages, see par. 7.1.
User action : Action that was performed by the user. The options are determined by the
available buttons in the error dialog window.
End time : Time when the error signal was lowered (when the error was resolved).

Function buttons
Print One : Print a full error report for the currently selected error.
Print All : Print an error report for all errors shown on the screen.
Service : Return to the Service screen.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-5
Software

5.2.3 Changes Log screen

The Changes Log screen shows all logged user actions. Each action is shown with the time
and date plus the action type and some details.

Parameters
Date : Date when the action was performed.
Time : Time when the action was performed.
Access level : Login level of the user that performed the action.
Action : Action that was performed by the user.
Details : Short description of the item on which an action was performed.

Function buttons
Save And Clear : Open a dialog to save the current list to a file. Then clear the list.
Service : Return to the Service Menu screen.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-6 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.2.4 System Configuration screen

Parameters
Wavelengths : If filters in the filter wheel are replaced by filters with other wavelengths, the
wavelengths must be changed accordingly in this section.
Cooling unit installed : Enable or disable the optional cooling unit.

Info
i Make sure this option is set to Yes. Otherwise, the state of the cooling unit
will not be visible on the screen.

Use system barcode : Enable or disable the optional built-in PSID barcode scanner.
ISE installed : Enable or disable the built-in ISE system.
Non-clinical use : These fields allow renaming various standard texts that appear in many
screens in the analyzer software. Redefining the terms may be helpful when the
analyzer is used in non-clinical settings, such as veterinarian practices.
Sample Types : Defining more, or different, sample types makes these types appear in the
various screens of the analyzer software.

Info
i Adding sample types increases the lists for some parameters, such as
reference values. Make sure to also set the reference values for the added
sample types.

Function buttons
Service : Return to the Service screen.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-7
Software

5.3 Functional checks and adjustments

5.3.1 Adjust Lamp screen

Parameters
Lamp absorbance : Absorbance measured by the reference detector.
Cuvette absorbance : Absorbance measured by the detector in the cuvette rotor.

Info
i The analyzer keeps measuring both absorbances while this screen is open.
The countdown at the top only counts down from the moment the screen was
opened.

Function buttons
Filter Check : Open the Filter Check screen.
Return : Return to the Service screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-8 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.3.2 Filter Check screen

Info
i This screen can only be opened from the Adjust Lamp screen.

Parameters
340 - 700 : Absorbance measured by detector in the cuvette rotor for each of the filter
wavelengths.

Info
i The analyzer keeps checking the filter absorbance while this screen is open.
The blue arrows indicating the measured absorbance are refreshed in a
continuous cycle from left to right.

Function buttons
Lamp Adjustment : Open the Adjust Lamp screen.
Return : Return to the Service screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-9
Software

5.3.3 Arm & Disk / Barcode screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Arm positions
The graph in the top section of the screen shows the current position of the arm: this is
indicated by the red square. The arm can move to distinct positions horizontally: over the
reagent / sample rotor, over the needle rinse place and over the cuvette rotor. When the
arm is over the reagent / sample rotor, using the Edit Position function (see below) makes
the arm move to the required horizontal position.
In all positions except the cuvette position, the arms can be in one of two vertical positions:
up (reset position) or down. In the cuvette position, an intermediate vertical position is
possible.

Info
i While the drives are enabled, the arms can be moved to all available
positions using the cursor keys.

Status signals
The status of various signals on the arm and rotor driver boards, as well as on the PSID
scanner board, are shown below the position graph.
Disk position : The position of the rotor is monitored by the motion control board. The
board keeps track of every displacement (signalled by the encoder optos). When the
rotor is in the home position (the reset opto signal is 0), the Disk position is 1.
Barcode position : Rotor position that is facing the internal barcode scanner.
Barcode information : Barcode that is read by the internal barcode scanner (only when
activated). If no valid barcode is read, the string “no read” is shown here.
Horizontal reset opto : The vane on the horizontal drive is detected by an optical switch.
When the vane is positioned inside the optical switch, the state of this signal is 0.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-10 6003-500-450-01
Software

Encoder opto A/B : The horizontal drive is fitted with an encoder disc. The edges of the
disc are detected by two optical switches on the encoder board. When the disc moves
over a small distance, one of the optical switches changes its state.
Vertical reset opto : The vertical drive of the arm is fitted with a vane that moves through
a set of three optical switches on the arm opto board. When the vane is positioned in the
upper optical switch, the state of this signal is 0.
Liquid sense : The liquid sensing system is described in par. 3.6.1. When liquid is
detected, the state of this signal is “Yes”.
Needle switch : If the needle is blocked in its downward movement, this is detected by the
needle switch inside the pipetting head. If the needle switch is activated, the state of this
signal is 0.
Max. down bit : If the vane on the vertical drive of the arm is positioned in the lower optical
switch, the state of this signal is 0.
Reset opto : The vane on the rotor drive is detected by an optical switch. When the vane
is positioned inside the optical switch, the state of this signal is 0.
Encoder opto A/B : The rotor drive is fitted with an encoder disc. The edges of the disc are
detected by two optical switches on the encoder board. When the disc moves over a
small distance, one of the optical switches changes its state.

Function buttons
Reset Arm : Move the pipetting arm to its home position (both horizontally and vertically).
Edit Position : Open a dialog in which a position can be entered. Confirming the edit
position makes the rotor move to the specified position. Also, the pipetting arm moves
to that position.

Info
i To move the rotor and pipetting arm to a reagent position, enter Rxx (with xx
replaced by the number of the reagent position).

Edit Barcode Position : Open a dialog in which a position can be entered. Confirming the
edit barcode position makes the rotor move until the specified position is facing the
internal barcode scanner.
Scan Barcode : Activate the internal barcode scanner. The barcode is shown on the
screen.
Continuous Scanning On : Switch the barcode scanner to continuous mode. This is used
when adjusting the position of the internal barcode scanner.
Disable Hor. Drive : Switch off the horizontal drive control. When switched off, the arm can
be rotated manually.
Disable Vert. Drive : Switch off the vertical drive control. When switched off, the arm can
be moved up and down manually.
Disable Drive : Switch off the rotor drive control. When switched off, the rotor can be
rotated manually.
Start Stirring : Start the stirrer drives. This is used to adjust the stirrer position. See par.
6.4.11.
Start / Stop Stirring : Switch the stirrer drive on or off.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

Info
i Enabling the horizontal and vertical drives, as well as the rotor drive, is done
by resetting the arm.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-11
Software

5.3.4 Measurement Disc/Filter screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Status signals
Disk position : The position of the cuvette rotor is monitored by the motion control board.
The board keeps track of every displacement (signalled by the encoder optos). When
the cuvette rotor is in the home position, the Disk position is 1.
Filter position : The position of the filter wheel is monitored by the motion control board.
The board keeps track of every displacement of the stepper motor. When the filter wheel
is in the home position, the filter wheel position is 3.
Disk reset opto : A slit in the cuvette rotor base is detected by an optical switch. When the
slit is positioned inside the optical switch, the state of this signal is 1.
Disk encoder opto A/B : The cuvette rotor drive is fitted with an encoder disc. The edges
of the disc are detected by two optical switches on the encoder board. When the disc
moves over a small distance, one of the optical switches changes its state.
Filter reset opto : A hole in the rim of the filter wheel is detected by an optical switch. When
the hole is positioned inside the optical switch, the state of this signal is 1.

Function buttons
Reset Cuvette Rotor : Move the cuvette rotor to its home position.
Reset Filter : Move the filter wheel to its home position.
Disable Cuvette Drive : Switch off the cuvette drive control. When switched off, the
cuvette rotor can be rotated manually.
Disable Filter : Switch off the filter wheel drive control. When switched off, the filter wheel
can be rotated manually.
Edit Cuvette Position : Open a dialog to enter a rotor position. Confirming makes the
cuvette rotor move to the specified position. Positions 1 to 48 can be chosen.
Edit Filter Position : Open a dialog to enter a filter wheel position. Confirming makes the
filter wheel move to the specified position. Positions 1 to 8 can be chosen.
Lamp On : Switch the lamp on. This is done when adjusting the lamp and cuvette rotor
positions. Touch the button again to switch the lamp off.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

Info
i Enabling the cuvette drive is done by resetting the cuvette rotor. Enabling
the filter wheel drive is done by resetting the filter wheel.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-12 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.3.5 Wash Arm screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Arm positions
The graph in the top section of the screen shows the current position of the arm: this is
indicated by the red square. The wash arm can move to 3 distinct positions vertically.

Info
i While the drive is enabled, the arm can be moved to all available positions
using the cursor keys.

Status signals
The status of various signals on the wash arm driver board are shown below the position
graph.
Arm opto 0-2 : The drive of the arm is fitted with a vane that moves through a set of three
optical switches on the arm opto board. When the vane is positioned in an optical switch,
the state of its signal is 0. Opto 0 is located at the top.
Overflow detection : The cuvette overflow detection system is described in par. 3.6.3.
When a too high liquid level in the cuvettes is detected, the state of this signal is “Yes”.
Cuvettes present : The cuvette rotor detection system is described in par. 3.6.4. When a
cuvette rotor is detected, the state of this signal is “Yes”.

Function buttons
Reset Wash Arm : Move the wash arm move to its home position.
Disable Drive : Switch off the wash arm drive control. When switched off, the arm can be
moved up and down manually.
Main Menu : Return to the Main screen.

Info
i Enabling the wash arm drive is done by resetting the arm.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-13
Software

5.3.6 ISE Arm/ISE Unit screen

Arm positions
The graph in the top section of the screen shows the current position of the arm: this is
indicated by the red square. The ISE arm can move to 2 distinct positions vertically.

Info
i The arm can be moved down using the arrow down key. The arm moves up
automatically after 5 seconds.

Status signals
The status of signals on the ISE/stirrer board are shown below the position graph.
Arm opto : The arm is fitted with a vane that moves into an optical switch on the ISE/stirrer
board. When the vane is detected, the ISE arm is in the “down” position.
Arm control : Shows the status of the ISE arm control circuit. If this signal shows “down”,
the ISE arm should normally move down.

Function buttons

Info
i The information that is available via the function keys does normally not fit
on one screen. Touching the same key again allows jumping from one page
of data to the next. After the last available page is shown, touching the key
again returns to the first available page.

Meas. Data : Shows data from the measurement buffer (13 pages).
EEPROM Data : Shows parameter settings in the EEPROM (6 pages).
Calib. Data : Shows data about calibrations performed (11 pages).
Flow Data : Shows parameter settings of the bubble detector (9 pages).
Pump Test : Activates the peristaltic pump twice (2 pages).
ADC Test : Performs A/D converter self-tests (4 pages).
Valve Test : Opens and closes both valves several times (1 page).
Sipper Test : Checks the ISE sipper control, without moving the arm (2 pages).
Return : Return to the Main screen.

Info
i Access to this screen is usually done in close collaboration with the System
Support Department at Vital Scientific. Therefore, the data is not described
in detail in this documentation.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-14 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.3.7 Pipettor screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Status signals
Valve : The state of the valve: “Water” or “Needle” position.
Reagent / Sample Syringe : The current position of the plunger (which determines the
volume drawn into the syringe), shown in 1000 steps. The steps represent 1 μl for the
reagent syringe and 0.1 μl for the sample syringe. The 0 position is at the top (the
plunger is pushed all the way into the syringe).
Valve opto 0/1 : The state of the optical switches on the valves opto board. Opto 0 detects
the “Water” position, opto 1 detects the “Needle” position. When the positioning pin is in
an optical switch, its signal is 0.
Reagent / Sample syr res. / down opto : The vane on the syringe carriage is detected by
two optical switches on the syringe opto board. The upper opto detects the reset
position. The lower opto detects the maximum downward position. When the vane is in
an optical switch, its signal is 0.

Function buttons
Reset Pipettor : Move the syringes to their home (upper) position and the valves to their
“Water” position.
Valve Water Position : Move the valve to the “Water” position.
Valve Needle Position : Move the valve to the “Neelde” position.
Reagent / Sample Syringe : Open a dialog to enter a syringe position. Confirming makes
the syringe move to the specfied position. Positions between 0 (top) and 1000 (bottom)
can be chosen.
Reagent / Sample Full Stroke : Make the syringe do a full stroke (reset, move all the way
down and all the way up again).
Return : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-15
Software

5.3.8 Vacuum System screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Status signals
Valve # : Current state of the valve. States can be “On” (opened) or “Off” (closed).
Vacuum pump : Current state of the vacuum pump. States can be “On” or “Off”.
Vacuum sensor : Current state of the vacuum switch. States can be “Vacuum” or “No
vacuum”.

Function buttons
Valve # : Toggle the valve between its open and closed positions.
Vacuum Pump : Switch the vacuum pump on. Touch the button again to switch the pump
off.
Return : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-16 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.3.9 Water System screen

Info
i The state graph in the bottom section of the screen is the same in most
service screens. It is described in a subsection of par. 5.1.1.

Status signals
Valve # : Current state of the valve. States can be “On” (opened) or “Off” (closed).
Bellows pump : Current position of the bellows pump. States can be “Up” or “Down”. The
current position may also be shown. Positions can be between 0 (up) and 850 (down).
Water pump : Current state of the water pump. States can be “On” or “Off”.
Pump opto up / down : Current state of the optical switches in the bellows pump unit. The
switches detect a slit in the flange on the bellows pump driving axle. When the slit is
inside one of the optos, its signal is 1.
Waste sensor : Current state of the waste sensor. States can be “Full” or “Not Full”.
Cover : Current state of the analyzer cover. States can be “Open” or “Closed”
Water running out / Insuff. water : Current states of the liquid sensors inside the water
cask. The water running out sensor is fitted lower and causes a warning only. The
insufficient water sensor causes the analyzer to stop. States can be “Yes” or “No”.

Function buttons
Valve # : Toggle the valve between its open and closed positions.
Reset Bellows Pump : Move the bellows pump to its home (upper) position.
B.Pump Down : Move the bellows pump to its lowest position.
B.Pump Posit. : Open a dialog to enter a bellows pump position. Confirming makes the
bellows pump move to the specfied position. Positions between 0 (top) and 850 (bottom)
can be chosen.
Water Pump : Switch the water pump on. Touch the button again to switch the pump off.
Return : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-17
Software

5.3.10 Optical electronics screen

Info
i For a detailed description of the optical electronics system for which the data
is shown on this screen, see par. 3.8.4.

Status signals
Wavelength : Filter for which the optical electronics data is shown. The function buttons
allow stepping through the available filters.
Gain : Currently selected gain. Values can be 0 to 15.
Abs. : Measured absorbance.
meas. / ref. : Counter values for the measurement and reference signals.
err_ga : Error code. The shown number is composed of two hexadecimal digits: an error
and a gain digit. The gain digit has values 0 to F (15). The error digit represents a bitmap
and has the following meanings:

Error digits Error Bits Meaning

0 0000 No errors
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, B, D, F xxx1 Underrange error (signal)
2, 3, 6, 7, B, C, E, F xx1x Overrange error (signal)
4, 5, 6, 7, C, D, E, F x1xx Underrange reference counter (CTC)
8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, F 1xxx Overrange reference counter (CTC)

Function buttons
Next / Previous Filter : Select the next or previous filter to view its data.
Blank : Perform a blank measurement for the currently selected filter.
Inc. / Dec. L./C. gain : Increase or decrease the gain for the lamp signal by one step.
Inc. / Dec. C. gain : Increase or decrease the gain for the cuvette signal by one step.
Return : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-18 6003-500-450-01
Software

5.3.11 Electronics screens

The Electronics screen shows a procedure for checking the power supply voltages. See par.
6.7.1.

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
The listed procedures should only be performed by qualified and trained
electrical engineers. Contact the System Support department of Vital
Scientific when you have doubts.

Function buttons
Return : Return to the Main screen.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 5-19
Software

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
5-20 6003-500-450-01
6

Maintenance

This chapter contains the maintenance schedule for the instrument. It also contains
information about required supplies and equipment.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-1
Maintenance

6.1 Introduction

6.1.1 Preventive maintenance

The Selectra ProS is designed to operate with a minimum of scheduled preventive


maintenance. The list below indicates the tasks that must be performed every 12 months.
Note that some elements may be included more than once in the Selectra ProS.

Info
i The list does not include preventive maintenance that must be performed by
the operator. These tasks are included in the User Manual.

Step Task See:

1 Perform the clean system procedure par. 6.2.1


2 Replace the pipetting needle tubings n.a.
3 Replace the ISE tubing (if applicable) User Manual
4 Overhaul the vacuum pump par. 6.6.3
5 Overhaul the water pump par. 6.6.4
6 Overhaul the cooling pump par. 6.6.4
7 Check/refill the cooling fluid par. 6.2.3
8 Replace the stirrer belt par. 6.4.9
9 Replace the stirrer bearing par. 6.4.10
10 Replace the water filter par. 6.6.1
11 Check the cuvette rotor position par. 6.5.3
12 Replace the lamp par. 6.5.2
13 Replace the drying block par. 6.5.6
14 Check the pipetting arm position par. 6.4.6
15 Check the reagent / sample rotor position par. 6.3.1
16 Check the PISD scanner (if applicable) par. 6.3.4
17 Check the bellows pump par. 6.6.5
18 Check the performance par. 6.2.2
19 Fill out the yearly maintenance report n.a.

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
Materials in the analyzer may be infectious. It is recommended to start the
yearly maintenance with the clean system procedure. If this is not feasible,
make sure to take protective measures, such as wearing a face mask and
gloves when performing the maintenance tasks.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-2 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.1.2 Maintenance equipment

Table 6-1: Required maintenance equipment and supplies

Part number Description

n.a. Standard tool set (including metric Allen keys)


n.a. Temperature probe (0.1 ºC precision)
n.a. Digital multi-meter (4.5 digits)
6001-283 Two absorbance test box (see the next subsection)
6002-447 Molykote PG75
3201-001 Dichromate 80 Abs solution
3201-002 Dichromate 8 Abs solution

Info
i Only one of the dichromate solutions is used. Both come in 25 ml bottles.
The dichromate 80 Abs solution must be diluted at 1:10 before being used.

Table 6-2: Optional maintenance equipment and supplies

Part number Description

4999-001 Mechanical adjustment tool for pipetting arm


2201-122 Thermal joint compound
2300-005 Flange tool
3104-011 Piercing rod needle
3104-021 Piercing rod wash arm

Two absorbance test box - part number 6001-283


The two absorbance test box takes its power from the photometer board and generates
two defined voltages. The pushbutton on the box switches between the two voltages. The
voltages are used to check the functioning of the lin/log converter circuits on the
photometer board. See par. 6.7.2.

Fig.6-1 Electronic circuit of the two absorbance test box

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-3
Maintenance

6.1.3 Replacement parts

The special yearly preventive maintenace kit for the Selectra ProS contains consumables that
will normally be required and sufficient to perform the yearly maintenance. The two-yearly
maintenance kit contains items that are required for additional two-yearly maintenance tasks.

Info
i Maintenance requirements depend on the workload of the analyzer as well
as on environmental conditions such as ambient temperatures and humidity.
Individual analyzers may require maintenance more or less often than stated
in this documentation.

Table 6-3: Yearly maintenance kit - part number 6003-539


Amount Part number Description Note
1 1513-050 Tube, PVC 2x4 mm a)
1 3053-020 Bearing, ball 8x16x5 mm
2 3064-041 Stirrer belt
2 3066-083 Water filter
1 3066-155 100 μl syringe Long Life
1 3066-156 1 ml syringe Long Life
1 3380-018 Lamp, Clear quartz 12V/20W
2 3913-058 Service kit water pump EPDM b)
4 6001-963 Filter block assy
1 6002-775 Connection Tube Assy
1 6002-776 Needle Tube Assy
1 6002-777 Rinse Tube Assy
1 6003-153 Membrane kit EPDM vac. pump

a) Length 25 cm. Normal delivery of this part number is 5 m.


b) Also used for cooling pump.

Table 6-4: Two-yearly maintenance kit - part number 6002-898


Amount Part number Description Note
1 3066-072 Valve block
1 6003-154 Chamber kit EPDM vac. pump

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-4 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.2 General procedures

6.2.1 Cleaning the system

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
Fluids in the waste container are potentially infectious. These fluids must be
handled with great care. Clean up spills immediately. Use applicable
procedures to discard the fluids from the waste container.

! CAUTION

WEAR GLOVES
This caution indicates that gloves must be worn when performing the
described work.

! CAUTION

WEAR FACE MASK


This caution indicates that a face mask must be worn when performing the
described work.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Always use at least ASTM type II grade water.

1 Open the Clean System screen


a) Open the Rotor / System menu.
b) Open the Clean System screen.
2 Prepare for the cleaning procedure
• Empty the waste container.
• Remove the tube from the water container.
• Place a bottle with undiluted system cleaning solution in the rotor (the position is shown
on the screen).

Info
i If the position xx is shown on the screen, you must first define the rotor
position for the system cleaning solution. See the Reagent Positions
screen.

3 Start the cleaning procedure


a) Touch the Clean System button.
b) Follow the instructions on the screen.

Info
i Your assistance is required during the entire procedure. The analyzer waits
for confirmation after each step. The procedure takes about 45 minutes.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-5
Maintenance

4 Clean the water container

Info
i This step can be done while the system is performing its first cycle of the
cleaning procedure. The cleaned and refilled water container will be required
in later steps of the procedure.

a) Empty the water container.


b) Clean the water container with system cleaning solution.
c) Rinse the water container with distilled water at least 3 times.
d) Fill the water container with system liquid (a mixture of 1 part system solution on 400
parts distilled water)
5 Run controls for all tests

If the results from the control tests are not acceptable, perform the following steps:
6 Empty the system
a) Remove the water filter from the water container.
b) Open the Rotor / System menu.
c) Open the Fill / Empty System screen.
d) Touch the Empty System button.
7 Fill the system
a) Make sure the water container is filled with system liquid (a mixture of 1 part system
solution on 400 parts distilled water).
b) Place the water filter in the water container.
c) Open the Rotor / System menu.
d) Open the Fill / Empty screen.
e) Touch the Fill System button.
8 Repeat the controls for all tests

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-6 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.2.2 Running the dichromate end test

Info
i The dichromate end test uses known solutions and defined test parameters.
The tests are designed to check the performance of the pipetting system and
measuring unit. Also, the functionality of the stirrer units is tested.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i The Dichromate 8 Abs solution should not be exposed to direct sunlight.
Place a cap and store in a dark place when not in use.

1 Make sure the tests and controls are programmed


Tests SR3 and SR75 are required. Controls Water and Dichromate 8 Abs must be
available and programmed for SR3 and SR75. If these tests and/or controls are not
available, they must be loaded or programmed. See par. 4.2.7.
2 Place the required reagents and controls

Test R1 Sample R2

SR3; Check-S Water Dichromate 8 Abs -


SR75; Check-R Water Water Dichromate 8 Abs

The water bottles must be full. The Dichromate 8 Abs bottle must contain 5 ml.
3 Request control tests
• 20 x the Dichromate 8 Abs control for the SR3 (Check-S) test.
• 20 x the Water control for the SR75 (Check-R) test.
4 Load the control samples
• 1 tube containing 1 ml Dichromate 8 Abs solution.
• 1 tube containing 1 ml distilled water.
5 Run the control tests
6 Check the results
a) Open the Quality Control screen.
b) Check for drop-outs on the Levy-Jennings plot. These indicate air bubbles.
c) Check for high CV on the SR3 test. This indicates a problem with the sample syringe or
the stirrer on the sample side.
d) Check for high CV on the SR75 test. This indicates a problem with the reagent syrings
or the stirrer on the reagent side.

Table 6-1: Validation criteria

CV Target Low limit High limit

SR3 < 1% 0.08 Abs 0.060 Abs 0.100 Abs


SR75 < 1% 1.75 Abs 1.500 Abs 2.000 Abs

If the validation criteria are not met:


7 Solve possible problems
• Perform a fill system procedure to remove air bubbles.
• Replace the syringe to resolve pipetting problems.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-7
Maintenance

• Replace the stirrer belts and/or stirrer bearings to resolve stirring problems.
8 Repeat the dichromate end test

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-8 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.2.3 Filling a cooling unit

1 Cap 2 Maximum level 3 Minimum level

Fig.6-2 Sight glass for the cooling liquid level

1 Get access to the cooling liquid sight glass


a) Open the front right door.
b) Remove the water and waste containers from the cabinet.
c) Remove the cooling liquid sight glass from the rear wall of the cabinet.
2 Prepare cooling liquid
Prepare a mix of 25 ml cooling liquid on 75 ml distilled water. Cooling liquid is available in
a 1 liter container in the accessories box that comes with the analyzer. Refills can be
ordered from Vital Scientific.
3 Switch the analyzer on
The cooling pump starts running.
4 Fill the cooling unit
a) Remove the cap [1] from the sight glass.
b) Pour cooling liquid into the sight glass until the maximum level [2] is reached.
c) Place the cap on the sight glass.

Info
i Due to air bubbles in the tubing it may be necessary to repeat this procedure
a couple of times after installation of the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-9
Maintenance

6.2.4 Removing a measuring unit

1 Main connector 2 Photo cable connectors 3 Rinse place tubing

Fig.6-3 Measuring unit in the Selectra ProS

1 Unplug the main connector


Loosen the screws. Pull the main connector out.
2 Unplug the photo cable connectors
Cut the tiewrap. Unplug the photo cable connectors.
3 Unplug the rinse place tubing
Pull the tubes out of the needle rinse place.
4 Remove the screws

Remove the four screws that fasten the measuring unit to the base plate.
5 Lift the wash arm and stirrer bracket
Pull the wash arm and stirrer bracket to their upper positions.
6 Lift the measuring unit out of the analyzer

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-10 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Avoid hitting the wash arm, stirrer unit or any other components while lifting
out the measuring unit.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-11
Maintenance

6.2.5 Removing a water/vacuum pumps section

1 Main electrical cable 3 Valve cables 5 Screws base plate


2 Screws back frame 4 Tubing connector

Fig.6-4 Water and vacuum pumps section in the Selectra ProS

1 Swivel the electrical boards out of the instrument


2 Remove the protection plate from the water and vacuum pumps section
3 Disconnect the main electrical cable
Pull the connectors out of the valve boards. Open the plastic clamps to take the main
electrical cable out.
4 Disconnect the valve cables
5 Loosen the screws on the base plate
6 Loosen the screws on the back frame
7 Disconnect the tubing
Move the water and vacuum pumps section a little to the right to get access to the tubing
connectors. Disconnect the two blue water tubing connectors and the 2 green vacuum
tubing connectors from the water and vacuum pumps unit.
8 Lift the unit out of the analyzer

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-12 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.2.6 Removing a bellows pump

1 Screws 2 Tubing connectors 3 Electrical connectors

Fig.6-5 Bellows pump in the Selectra ProS

1 Remove the front covers


a) Pull the front panel off the analyzer.
b) Unscrew and remove the front plate.
2 Disconnect the tubing
Disconnect all tubing leading to the bellows pump unit.
3 Loosen the screws in the base plate
Loosen the two screws [1] in the base plate. Do not remove them.
4 Disconnect the electrical connections
Pull the two electrical connectors [3] out of the drive board.

Info
i It may be easier to do this when the bellows pump unit is lifted and partly
pulled out of the analyzer.

5 Remove the bellows pump from the analyzer


Pull the bellows pump unit forward a little. Then lift the unit and carefully pull it forward and
out of the Selectra ProS.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-13
Maintenance

6.3 Rotors section

6.3.1 Adjusting the reagent / sample rotor position

1 Pipetting needle 2 Sample tube 3 Screws

Fig.6-6 Adjusting the rotor position


Preparations:
• Remove the work table to get access to the reagent / sample rotor.
• Remove parts of the cooling unit to get access to the rotor drive.

1 Place a sample tube in the rotor


The sample tube must be placed in position 1 of the rotor.
2 Move the arm into position
a) Open the service screen for the rotor.
b) Reset the rotor.
c) Reset the arm.
d) Use the screen to move the arm to position 1.
3 Check the position of the needle
a) Disable the vertical drive of the arm.
b) Push the head down until the needle is in the tube.
c) Check if the needle is centered in the tube.

If the needle is NOT centered:


4 Adjust the rotor position
a) Loosen the four screws [3] on the rotor drive.
b) Turn the rotor manually to center the needle in the bottle or tube.
c) Fasten the four screws on the rotor drive.
Finishing work:
• Place the parts of the cooling unit that were removed.
• Place the work table.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-14 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.3.2 Adjusting an encoder opto

1 Encoder opto 2 Board mounting screws 3 Bracket screws

Fig.6-7 Encoder disc and optical switches

Info
i The encoder optos are glued on the encoder opto board. Adjustment of the
entire encoder opto board only needs to be done when the bracket screws
were loosened.

1 Disable the drive


Open the service screen of the drive you want to check. Use the buttons on the screen to
first reset and then disable the drive.
2 Check the changes in the encoder signals
Turn the encoder disc manually step by step. You can feel each step of the stepper motor.
The encoder opto signals are shown on the screen. The encoder opto signals should
change as shown in the table below. Note that it takes two steps before one of the opto
signals changes.

Info
i The screen update takes some time. After each step, wait one second to
check the changes in the encoder signals.

Step n n+1 n+2 n+3 n+4 n+5 n+6 n+7


A 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
B 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

3 Adjust the bracket if required


If the encoder signals changes are not correct, loosen the bracket screws and slightly shift
the mounting bracket. Then repeat the procedure.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-15
Maintenance

6.3.3 Checking reagent cooling

Fig.6-8 Checking the reagent cooling

1 Close the reagent cover


2 Wait at least 30 minutes
3 Measure the temperature
Insert a thermometer into one of the holes of the reagent cover. Measure the temperature
at the bottom of the reagent rotor.

Info
i The temperature should be 10ºC (+/- 1) or at least 15ºC below the ambient
temperature (if the ambient temperature is above 25ºC).

If the temperature is too high:


4 Check the status of the cooling unit board
See par. 7.1.10.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-16 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.3.4 Checking a PSID scanner

1 Scanner slit 3 Viewing direction 5 Reagent / sample rotor


2 Adhesive tape 4 Sample tube

Fig.6-9 Checking the PSID scanner


Preparations:
• Check the sample rotor positioning. See par. 6.3.1.

1 Place a sample tube


Place a barcoded sample tube in the outer ring of the reagent/sample rotor. Make sure the
barcode label is facing out.
2 Open the barcode control screen
a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Functional Checks/Adjustments submenu.
c) Open the Sample Disk/Barcode screen.
3 Move a sample tube to the scanning position
a) Touch the Edit Barcode Position button.
b) Enter the position of the sample tube.
c) Confirm to make the sample rotor move to the chosen position.
The scanner beam blinks at a steady frequency and the recognized barcode is shown on
the screen (as a string of numbers).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-17
Maintenance

4 Mark the current rotor position


Attach a piece of adhesive tape to the working table next to the rotor. It does not matter
much where you place the tape, as long as it is easily accessible for marking and checking.
Mark the current position of a rotor position on the tape.

Info
i The location of the mark depends on the viewing direction. Make sure you
are marking the position in a line that goes through the center of the rotor
and of the sample position.

5 Mark the reading range


a) Touch the Disable Drive button.
b) Slowly turn the sample rotor clockwise until the blink frequency of the scanner beam
reduces. The barcode information on the screen shows “no read”.
c) Mark the new position on the tape.
d) Slowly turn the sample rotor counterclockwise. The blinking frequency of the scanner
beam increases and the recognized barcode is shown on the screen.
e) Keep turning the sample rotor slowly until the blink frequency of the scanner beam
reduces again. The barcode information on the screen shows “no read” again.
f) Mark the new position on the tape.
6 Check the reading range
The reading range is now marked on the tape. The middle line should be in the center of
the range. If not, the barcode scanner position must be adjusted. See par. 6.3.5.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-18 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.3.5 Adjusting a PSID scanner

1 Barcode scanner 3 Mirror 4 Slit in working table


2 Sample tube

Fig.6-10 Adjusting the PSID scanner

1 Switch on the continuous light beam


a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Functional Checks/Adjustments submenu.
c) Open the Arm & Disk/Barcode screen.
d) Touch the Continuous Scanning On button.
2 Check the light beam
The light beam from the scanner should be centered on the slit in the working table and on
the barcode label on the sample tube.

If the light beam is not correctly centered:


3 Loosen the locknuts on the adjustment screws
4 Adjust the horizontal angle of the beam
Perform this step if the light beam is centered in the slit but not on the tube, or vice versa.
Turn adjustment screw A counterclockwise to increase the angle. The beam will move
toward the center of the analyzer. Turning screw A clockwise moves the beam in the
opposite direction.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-19
Maintenance

5 Adjust the position of the beam


Perform this step if the light beam is off center in the slit and on the sample tube in the same
direction. Turn adjustment screws A, B and C counterclockwise equally to move the beam.
The beam will move toward the center of the analyzer. Turning the screws clockwise moves
the beam in the opposite direction.

6 Adjust the vertical angle of the beam


Perform this step if the light beam is not exactly vertical. Turn adjustment screw B
counterclockwise to rotate the beam. The top of the beam will move toward the center of
the analyzer. Turning screw B clockwise rotates the beam in the opposite direction.

Info
i Each adjustment influences the other setitngs as well. Repeat previous
steps as required.

7 Fasten the locknuts on the adjustment screws


8 Switch off the continuous light beam
Finishing work:
• Check the PSID scanner. See par. 6.3.4.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-20 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4 Pipetting section

6.4.1 Replacing a syringe

1 Valve block 3 Glass barrel 5 Screw


2 End cap 4 Plunger handle 6 Drive pin

Fig.6-11 Replacing the syringes

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


The syringes are fragile.

1 Move the syringes down


a) Open the Rotor / System screen.
b) Press the Change Syringes function in the menu.
c) Press the Lower Syringes button.
Both syringes move to their lowest position.
2 Remove the syringe
a) Unscrew the end cap [2] from the valve block [1].
b) Push the glass barrel [3] down until the syringe is out of the valve block.
c) Remove the screw [5]
d) Pull the syringe off the drive pin [6].
3 Check the new syringe
When pushing the plunger into the syringe as far as it goes, the plunger tip should be
aligned with the top of the syringe. If this is not the case, adjust the plunger. See par. 6.4.2.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-21
Maintenance

4 Prepare the syringe


a) Moisten the glass barrel of the syringe with water on the inside.
b) Pull water into the syringe.
c) Remove air bubbles from the tip of the plunger.
There must be at least 4 cm of water on top of the plunger, without air bubbles.
5 Replace the gasket

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


Be careful to not damage the thread in the valve block or the surface below
the gasket. This would render the valve block useless.

a) Remove the valve block from the pipettor unit and place it upside down on a clean
surface.
b) Carefully remove the old gasket [1].
c) Make sure the bush [2] is clean.
d) Place a new gasket into the bush.
e) Push the gasket down with your finger.
f) Place the valve block on the pipettor unit.
6 Place the syringes
a) Push the plunger into the syringe a little.
b) Push the plunger handle [4] of the syringe over the drive pin [6].
c) Fasten the screw [5].
d) Pull the glass barrel [3] up.
e) Screw the end cap [2] into the valve block [1].
7 Refill the system
a) Press the Reset System button on the screen.
b) Open the Fill / Empty System screen.
c) Press the Fill System button.
d) Check for air bubbles in the tubing.
If air bubbles are visible, repeat the Fill System command.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-22 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4.2 Replacing a syringe plunger

1 Plunger tip 3 Plunger 5 Screw


2 Syringe top 4 Bottom cap 6 Plunger handle

Fig.6-12 Replacing the plunger

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


The syringes are fragile.

1 Remove the plunger


a) Loosen the bottom cap [4] from the syringe.
b) Pull the plunger [3] out of the syringe.
c) Loosen the screw [5] in the plunger handle [6].

Info
i The plunger of the sample syringe has two screws fitted on either side of the
plunger handle.

2 Place the new plunger


a) Push the plunger handle over the lower side of the new plunger.
b) Carefully push the plunger into the syringe.
c) Fasten the bottom cap [4] on the syringe.
d) Make sure the plunger tip [1] is aligned with the top of the syringe.
e) Fasten the screw [5] in the plunger handle [6].

Info
i The plunger of the sample syringe has two screws fitted on either side of the
plunger handle.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-23
Maintenance

6.4.3 Replacing a pipettor valve

1 Driving axle 3 Screw 5 Dowel pin


2 Valve coupling 4 Valve block 6 Tube connection

Fig.6-13 Replacing the pipettor valve


Preparations:
• Remove the syringes. See par. 6.4.1.

1 Disconnect the tubing


• Disconnect the tubing to the water supply.
• Disconnect the tubing to the connection block on the sample side. Take care not to loose
the Teflon gasket.
2 Remove the valve block
a) Remove the screw [3].
b) Pull the valve block [4] off the driving axle [1].
3 Place the new valve block
a) Make sure the valve coupling [2] is in the right position.
b) Make sure the driving axle [1] is in the right position.
c) Push the valve block in position.
d) Make sure the valve block is fitted correctly. Both dowel pins [5] must fit into the holes
in the front plate.
e) Fasten the screw [3].
4 Reconnect the tubing
• Connect the tubing to the water supply.
• Connect the tubing to the needle. Don’t forget to place the Teflon gasket.
Finishing work:
• Fit the syringes. See par. 6.4.1.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-24 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4.4 Removing a pipettor frontplate

1 Screw 4 Screws 7 Screws


2 Screw 5 Syringes
3 Valve blocks 6 Knobs

Fig.6-14 Removing the frontplate from the pipettor unit

1 Remove the syringes


See par. 6.4.1.
2 Remove the valve blocks
See par. 6.4.3.
3 Remove the pipettor unit from the analyzer
a) Loosen the screw [1]. It remains attached to the frontplate by a nut in the back.
b) Swivel the top of the pipettor unit out of the analyzer.
c) Disconnect the electrical connectors on either side of the pipettor unit.
d) Lift the pipettor unit out of the analyzer.
4 Remove the frontplate
a) Remove the screw [2] from the top of the frontplate.
b) Remove the two screws [7] from the bottom of the frontplate.
c) Take the frontplate off the pipettor unit.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-25
Maintenance

6.4.5 Servicing a pipettor spindle

1 Circlip 4 Spindle 7 Ball bearing


2 Ball bearing 5 Sprocket 8 Driving nuts
3 Screws 6 Screws 9 Bracket

Fig.6-15 Removing / mounting the spindle

1 Remove the frontplate from the pipettor


See par. 6.4.4.
2 Remove the spindle
a) Loosen the two screws [6].
b) Loosen the two screws [3] in the bracket [9].
c) Push the spindle up a little.
d) Remove the sprocket [5].
e) Take the timing belt off the sprocket.
f) Remove the circlip [1] and the upper bearing [2].
g) Move the spindle down.
h) Push the lower bearing [7] out of the bracket and remove it from the spindle.
i) Push the spindle [4] with the driving nuts [8] out toward the bottom.
3 Check and clean the spindle
a) Turn the driving nuts off the spindle.
b) Clean the spindle and driving nuts with a solvent (e.g. refined petrol) and a brush.
c) Check spindle and driving nuts for damages. Replace if required.
d) Grease the spindle with Molykote PG75.
e) Turn the driving nuts on the spindle.
f) Check if the driving nuts move smoothly on the spindle.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-26 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i If the drive nuts do not move smoothly, the measurement results may be
incorrect due to incorrect volumes being pipetted. The same is true for
driving nuts that have too much play on the spindle. These should be
replaced.

4 Mount the spindle


a) Push the spindle with the driving nuts into position from the bottom.
b) Place the bottom bearing [7].
c) Place the timing belt around the sprocket.
d) Push the sprocket [5] over the end of the spindle.
e) Place the top bearing [2] and circlip [1].
f) Push the spindle down and the sprocket up.
g) Fasten the two screws [6] on the sprocket.
h) Turn the driving nuts [8] to the correct positions in the bracket [9]. The top and bottom
edges of the driving nuts should just be visible.
i) Fasten the two screws [3] on the bracket [9]. Do not tighten the screws too much. Check
if the spindle can still move smoothly.
5 Mount the frontplate and pipettor unit
See par. 6.4.4. Use the procedure in reversed order.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-27
Maintenance

6.4.6 Adjusting a pipetting arm (horizontal)

Info
i This procedure is for small horizontal adjustments. If this is not sufficient, the
whole arm must be readjusted. See par. 6.4.7.

1 Fastening screw 2 Adjustment screw 3 Needle holder

Fig.6-16 Horizontal arm adjustment

1 Remove the plastic cover of the arm


a) Remove the tubing from the needle tip.
b) Remove the silicon sealing ring from the needle tip.
c) Loosen the small screw and remove the cover from the arm.
d) Pull the main connector out of the arm board.
2 Move the arm to the wash position
a) Open the Service menu for the arm.
b) Press the Reset button.
c) Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the arm to the wash position.
3 Adjust the horizontal arm position
a) Loosen the fastening screw [1].
b) Loosen the adjustment screw [2].
c) Manually move the arm so that the needle is centered in the wash station.
d) Tighten the adjustment screw [2].
e) Tighten the fastening screw [1].
4 Move the arm to the home position
Touch the Reset button on the screen.
5 Place the plastic cover on the arm
Perform the substeps of step 1 in reversed order.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-28 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4.7 Adjusting a pipetting arm (vertical)

Info
i This adjustment is only required when repairs were done to the arm
mechanism.

1 Pipetting arm 4 Clamp ring 7 Clamp bracket


2 Arm shaft 5 Optical switch board 8 Clamp screw
3 Block 6 Swing unit bracket 9 Washers

Fig.6-17 Vertical adjustment of the pipetting arm


Preparations:
• Remove the work table.
• Remove the plastic cover of the pipetting arm.

1 Check the vertical arm movement


a) Open the service menu for the arm.
b) Disable the vertical drive of the arm in the service menu.
c) Manually move the arm up and down.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-29
Maintenance

If the arm movement is not smooth enough:


2 Change the bearing pressure

The clamp bracket is fitted with a set screw that pushes the two bearings away from each
other. Turn the set screw clockwise to make the vertical arm movement smoother. Turn
the set screw counterclockwise if the bearings show play on the guide shaft. Make small
adjustments and check until the movement is solid and smooth.
3 Move the arm to the wash position (only horizontally)
Use the buttons in the service menu to move the arm to the wash position horizontally.
4 Move the clamp ring down
a) Loosen the screw in the clamp ring [4].
b) Lower the clamp ring over a short distance.
c) Fasten the screw.
5 Adjust the vertical arm position
a) Remove the clamp screw [8].
b) Apply some locktite 243 to the clamp screw.
c) Mount the clamp screw, but do not tighten it.
d) Move the arm shaft [2] so that the distance between the bottom of the arm [1] and the
top of the mechanical assembly is exactly 97 mm.
e) Make sure that the needle is centered on the wash position.
f) Make sure that the block [3], washers [9] and clamp bracket [7] rest against each other.
g) Make sure the distance between the clamp bracket [7] and the swing unit bracket [6] is
kept at 0.5 mm.
h) Tighten the clamp screw [8].

Info
i To ease the vertical arm adjustment, a mechanical adjustment tool is
available from Vital Scientific (part number 4999-001).

6 Move the clamp ring up


a) Loosen the screw in the clamp ring [4].
b) Slide the clamp ring up and make sure it rests tightly against the block [3].
c) Fasten the screw.
7 Check the reset position of the arm
a) Reset the arm drive via the service menu.
b) Measure the distance between the arm and the mechanical assembly.
c) Repeat this step for all lower positions of the arm. Use the screen to bring the arm to
each of the lower positions and measure the distances. All distances should be at least
0.2 mm.
d) Repeat the entire procedure if the distance is not correct.
Finishing work:
• Fine-adjust the horizontal arm position. See par. 6.4.6.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-30 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4.8 Checking / adjusting a needle switch

1 Vane 3 Needle shaft 5 Screw


2 Optical switch 4 Bracket 6 Needle tip

Fig.6-18 Needle switch mechanism

1 Remove the cover


Remove the plastic cover over the arm for which you want to check the needle switch.
2 Disable the drives for the arm
a) Open the service menu for the arm on which you want to work.
b) Disable both the horizontal and vertical drives for the arm.
3 Move the needle to a fixed surface
Manually move the arm until the needle just touches a fixed surface. Choose a surface that
will not move under pressure, e.g. the top surface of the measuring unit (with the cuvette
cover and cuvette rotor removed).
4 Check the needle switch
Very carefully move the arm down, so that you can feel the steps of the stepper motor.
Check the needle switch status on the screen. The switch status should change from 0 to
1 after two or three steps of the stepper motor.

If the switching point of the needle switch is not correct:


5 Adjust the vane position
a) Slightly loosen the screw [5].
b) Swivel the vane [1] over a short distance.
c) Fasten the screw [5].
d) Repeat the previous steps of the procedure.
Finishing work:
• Enable the horizontal and vertical drives for the arm.
• Place the cover over the arm and fasten the screw.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-31
Maintenance

6.4.9 Replacing a stirrer belt

1 Pulley 2 Stirrer belt 3 Eccentric pulley

1 Remove the old stirrer belt


a) Hold the stirrer belt with a pair of tweezers.
b) Pull the stirrer belt off the pulley [1] first.

Info
i Pull the belt off the pulley in the back first. If it slips out of the tweezers, it will
not be catapulted into the analyzer.

2 Place the new stirrer belt


a) Hold the stirrer belt with a pair of tweezers.
b) Place the stirrer belt around the eccentric pulley [3] first.

Info
i Place the belt around the eccentric pulley in the front first. If it slips out of the
tweezers, it will not be catapulted into the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-32 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.4.10 Replacing a stirrer bearing

1 Eccentric pulley 3 Stirrer bush 4 Screw


2 Bearing

Fig.6-19 Replacing the stirrer bearing


Preparations:
• Remove the stirrer belt. See par. 6.4.9.

1 Remove the screw [4]


2 Lift the bearing and eccentric pulley out
3 Separate the bearing and eccentric pulley
Use a small flat-head screwdriver.
4 Clean the stirrer bush [3]
5 Place the new bearing
a) Push the new bearing [2] into the stirrer bush [3].
b) Place the small screw [4] and tighten it.
6 Place the eccentric pulley
Firmly press the eccentric pulley into the bearing.
7 Check the stirrer
Install a new stirrer belt and rotate it manually. The stirrer should move smoothly.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-33
Maintenance

6.4.11 Adjusting a stirrer

1 Pipetting needle 2 Screws 3 Stirrer unit block

Fig.6-20 Adjustment of the stirrer unit position

1 Move the needle to the stirring position


a) Open the service menu for the needle.
b) Move the needle to the stirring position via buttons on the screen.
2 Check the stirrer position
a) Start the stirrer motor via the button on the screen.
b) Listen if the needle touches the sides of the cuvette.

If the needle hits the cuvette sides:


3 Adjust the stirrer position
a) Loosen the two screws [2].
b) Slightly shift the stirrer unit until the noise disappears.
c) Fasten the two screws [2].
d) Check the stirrer position again.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-34 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.5 Measuring section

6.5.1 Adjusting a lamp unit

To optimize the amount of light through the cuvette, the lamp must be correctly positioned.
The lamp is placed on a bracket, which can be adjusted vertically and horizontally via
eccentric adjustment screws. A fastening screw holds the lamp unit in position.

1 Fastening screw 2 Vertical adjustment 3 Horizontal adjustment

Fig.6-21 Adjustment of the lamp unit

1 Remove the front panel

Pull the front panel up and toward you.


2 Remove the lamp cover

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-35
Maintenance

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Looking into the lamp may hurt your eyes. Avoid looking into the lamp while
it is switched on.

a) Loosen the screw [A].


b) Move the lamp cover up and out of the front plate [B}.
3 Open the Adjust Lamp screen
a) Open the Special Functions menu.
b) Open the Service menu.
c) Open the Functional check/adjustments menu.
d) Open the Adjust Lamp screen.
4 Loosen the fastening screw [1]
5 Optimize the lamp position
• Check the Lamp absorbance and Cuvette absorbance on the screen.
• Turn the vertical and horizontal adjustment screws until both absorbances reach their
minimum. The absorbances must be higher than the indicated minimum values.
6 Tighten the fastening screw [1]
Finishing work:
• Close the lamp cover and place the front panel.
• Perform a cuvette blank measurement.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-36 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.5.2 Replacing a lamp

1 Quartz-iodine lamp 2 Lamp holder 3 Mounting screw

Fig.6-22 Replacing the lamp

! WARNING

HOT SURFACE
The lamp gets very hot when switched on. Make sure the lamp is cooled
down before removing it from the analyzer.

! CAUTION

WEAR GLOVES
Quartz-iodine lamps are very sensitive. Touching the lamp with your hands
will dramatically reduce its lifetime. Wear gloves when placing a new lamp.

1 Remove the front panel

Pull the front panel up and toward you.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-37
Maintenance

2 Remove the front plate


Remove the four screws and take the front plate off the analyzer.
3 Remove the old lamp
4 Place the new lamp
Make sure the lamp is pushed well into the lamp holder.

Info
i To get easier access to the lamp and the lamp holder, remove the mounting
screw [3]. The mounting bracket can be pulled out of the instrument. Take
care to not unplug any cables when doing so.

5 Place the front panel


Finishing work:
• Adjust the lamp. See par. 6.5.1.
• Perform a cuvette blank measurement.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-38 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.5.3 Adjusting a cuvette photo sensor

For correct measurements, the photo sensor in the cuvette stator must be perfectly aligned
with the light beam. The cuvette stator that holds the photo sensor can be rotated over a very
short distance.

1 Inner stator 2 Screws 3 Photo sensor

Fig.6-23 Cuvette photo sensor (cuvette rotor removed)


Preparations:
• Check the cuvette rotor position. See par. 6.5.4.

1 Open the Adjust Lamp screen


a) Open the Special Functions menu.
b) Open the Service menu.
c) Open the Functional check/adjustments menu.
d) Open the Adjust Lamp screen.
2 Loosen the two screws [2]
3 Optimize the photo sensor position
• Check the Cuvette absorbance on the screen.
• Slowly turn the inner rotor until the absorbance reaches its minimum.
4 Fasten the two screws [2]
Finishing work:
• Adjust the lamp. See paragraph par. 6.5.1.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-39
Maintenance

6.5.4 Adjusting a cuvette rotor

1 Inner stator 2 Semi-transparent tape 3 Light beam

Fig.6-24 Checking the light beam in the cuvette rotor base


Preparations:
• Remove the cuvette rotor.

1 Reset the cuvette rotor


a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Measurement Disc / Filter screen.
c) Touch the Reset Cuvette Rotor button.
The cuvette rotor moves to its reset position.
2 Place adhesive tape on the rotor
Place a piece of semi-transparent tape on the cuvette rotor base. The tape must completely
cover the hole opposite the lamp unit. Make sure the tape is flat against the vertical surface
of the cuvette rotor base. You should be able to see the hole through the semi-transparent
tape.

Info
i Fully transparent tape is not useful for this procedure, as you will not be able
to see the light beam on it. Semi-transparent tape is required to see both the
light beam and the hole behind the tape, as shown in the inset.

3 Set the filter wheel in position


a) Touch the Edit Filter Position button on the screen.
b) Enter the number 4 in the dialog and touch Enter.
The filter wheel moves so that the green filter is in the path of the light beam.

Info
i Green light is used because it offers the highest visibility. If visibility of
another color is better for you, you can use another filter wheel position.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-40 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

4 Switch the lamp on


• Touch the Lamp On button on the screen.
5 Check the light spot position
The light spot should be centered on the hole behind the tape. If this is the case, skip the
remaining steps and perform the finishing work.
6 Adjust the cuvette rotor position
a) Get access to the MCB for the measurement disc (see par. 3.8.3).
b) Turn hexaswitch 3 on the MCB one step. Make a note of the old and new setting.

Fig.6-25 Correcting the cuvette position


7 Reset the cuvette rotor
8 Check the light spot position again
Repeat the previous steps until the light spot is centered on the hole behind the tape.
Record the total change that was made to the hexaswitch on the MCB.

Info
i If the MCB must be replaced, the change to the hexaswitch setting must also
be done on the new MCB.

Finishing work:
• Remove the tape from the cuvette rotor base.
• Place the cuvette rotor.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-41
Maintenance

6.5.5 Adjusting a wash arm

1 Cuvette 3 Set screw 5 Wash arm board


2 Aspiration needle 4 Locknut 6 Position vane

Fig.6-26 Adjusting the wash arm position

Info
i The vertical stop position of the wash arm is determined by the optical
switches on the wash arm board. These detect the position vane that moves
up and down with the wash arm. If the vertical stop position of the wash arm
is incorrect, the wash arm board with the optical switches must be moved
vertically to change the detection moments.

1 Move the wash arm down


a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Wash Arm screen.
c) Reset the wash arm.
d) Click on the arrow down button.
2 Measure the wash arm position
Use a solid and easy-to-measure point on the wash arm, e.g. the distance between the top
of the needle plate unit to the surface of the cuvette rotor. Make a note of the measured
distance.
3 Push the wash arm down manually
a) Disable the wash arm drive via the screen.
b) Manually push the wash arm down at point [A] until the aspiration needles touch the
bottom of the cuvettes.
4 Measure the wash arm position again
Measure the distance in exactly the same spot where the first measurement was done.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-42 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

The difference between the two measured distances must be 0.5 +/- 0.1 mm. If this is not the
case, perform the following step.
5 Adjust the wash arm board position
a) Remove the working table.
b) Loosen the locknut [4]. To do this, insert a 5.5 mm spanner via the slit of the upper plate
of the mechanical assembly.
c) Turn the set screw [3] to adjust the position. Turn the screw clockwise if the measured
difference is too small. When turning the screw counterclockwise, make sure to press
down on the screw to prevent it from moving up, instead of moving the wash arm board.
One full turn moves the wash arm board by 0.5 mm.
d) Tighten the locknut [4].

When the wash arm board position was adjusted, perform the entire checking procedure again.
Finishing work:
• Mount all removed parts in reversed order.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-43
Maintenance

6.5.6 Replacing a drying block

1 Positioning block 3 Cuvette rotor 5 Tubing to drying block


2 Needle plate unit 4 Screw 6 Drying block

Fig.6-27 Replacing the drying block

1 Move the wash arm up


a) Open the Functional Check/Adjustments screen
b) Select the Wash Arm function in the menu on the left.
c) Click the Reset Wash Arm button.
d) Press the arrow up key.
The wash arm moves to its highest position.
2 Disconnect the tubing [5] from the drying block
You only need to disconnect the front end and move the tube out of the way.
3 Remove the positioning block
a) Remove the screw [4].
b) Pull the positioning block [1] off the needle plate unit [2].
4 Replace the drying block [6]
a) Pull the drying block [6] up and to the right to remove it.
b) Push a new drying block into the slit and down into the bush.
5 Place the positioning block
a) Push the positioning block [1] in position.
b) Place the screw [4] but do not tighten it.
c) Touch the arrow down key twice to move the wash arm to the wash position.
d) Touch the arrow down key again to move the wash arm to the lowest position.
e) Tighten the screw [4].
This method ensures that the drying block is centered in the cuvette.
6 Connect the tubing [5] to the drying block
7 Reset the system
a) Open the Rotor/System screen.
b) Touch the Reset System button.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-44 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.5.7 Checking cuvette detection

1 Wash arm board 3 Opto switch 0 5 Position vane


2 Aspiration needle 4 Opto switch 1 6 Opto switch 2

Fig.6-28 Cuvette rotor detection mechanism

Info
i When the wash arm is reset the wash arm moves down as far as it goes. If
a cuvette rotor is present, this will stop the downward movement when the
position vane [5] is still visible for the middle opto switch [4] on the wash arm
board. If no cuvette rotor is present, the wash arm moves down further until
the middle opto switch does not detect the position vane anymore. When this
happens, a “cuvette rotor not present” error is generated.

Preparations:
• Adjust the wash arm. See par. 6.5.5.

1 Make sure a cuvette rotor is present


2 Reset the wash arm
a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Wash Arm screen.
c) Reset the wash arm.
3 Check the cuvette detection
The screen shows a no cuvettes parameter. Its value should be 0. If not, the wash arm
position must be adjuted. See par. 6.5.5.
4 Remove the cuvette rotor
5 Check the cuvette detection
a) Reset the wash arm.
b) If the no cuvettes parameter does not have the value 1, readjust the wash arm position
(see par. 6.5.5) and repeat the entire checking procedure.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-45
Maintenance

6.5.8 Replacing Peltier elements

Supplies:
• 6003-127: Peltier replacement kit
• 2201-122: Thermal joint compound

1 Remove the measuring unit from the analyzer


See par. 6.2.4.
2 Remove the top cover

a) Disconnect the electrical cables from the bottom of the cover heating connectors [8].
b) Remove the four screws [1].
c) Lift the top section [7] off the measuring unit.
3 Remove the lamp bracket
a) Loosen the screw [6].
b) Remove the lamp bracket [5].
4 Remove the filter wheel
a) Remove the small screw [4].
b) Remove the filter wheel axle [3].
c) Lift the filter wheel [2] out of its housing.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-46 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

5 Remove the front plate

a) Remove the three screws [2].


b) Remove the front plate [1].
6 Remove the filter wheel gear
a) Loosen the grub screw [3].
b) Pull the filter wheel gear [4] off the shaft.
7 Remove the filter wheel housing

a) Remove the screws [3].


b) Pull the filter position opto board [4] out.
c) Remove the screws [2].
d) Take the filter wheel housing [1] off.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-47
Maintenance

8 Disconnect the Peltier elements


Use the extraction tool from the Peltier replacement kit to remove the black and red wires
from positions 9 and 10 on the sub-D connector.

a) Pull back the sleeve on the wire.


b) Place the extraction tool around the wire.
c) Push it into the connector as deep as possible.
d) Pull on the wire carefully to release it from the connector.
9 Separate the top and base parts

a) Turn the measuring unit over and place it on a clean table.


b) Remove the four screws [1].
c) Lift the base [2] off the top section.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-48 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

10 Replace the Peltier elements

a) Remove the defective Peltier elements unit [2].


b) Put some thermal joint compound in the space [5] where the new Peltier elements will
be seated. Spread the compound to spread it over the entire contact surface.
c) Place the new Peltier elements [2] on the block [3].
d) Put some thermal joint compound on the top surfaces of the Peltier elements [4].

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
The Peltier elements unit should not be placed upside down. Make sure the
colors of the wires [1] are as shown. The black wire should be closest to the
side where the filter wheel will be.

11 Attach the top and base parts

a) Place the base [2] on the top section [3].


b) Place the four screws [1] with the washers and spring washers.
c) Insert a sheet of paper between the base [2] and top sections [3].
d) Hand-tighten the four screws cross-wise and evenly.
e) Check if the sheet of paper can still be moved between the two parts.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-49
Maintenance

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Use the new washers and spring washers from the Peltier replacement kit.
Do not over-tighten the screws: this will damage the Peltier elements.

12 Connect the Peltier elements


Push the wires from the Peltier elements unit into positions 9 (black wire) and 10 (red wire)
on the sub-D connector. Push the wires in until they click in position.
13 Mount the filter wheel housing

a) Mount the filter wheel housing [1].


b) Fasten the screws [2].
c) Push the filter position opto board [4] into its position.
d) Fasten the screws [3].
14 Mount the filter wheel gear

a) Push the filter wheel gear [4] on the drive shaft.


b) Make sure there is approximately 1 mm clearance in the back of the gear.
c) Fasten the grub screw [3].

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-50 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

15 Mount the front plate


a) Mount the front plate [1].
b) Insert the filter wheel axle to center the plate.
c) Fasten the three screws [2].
d) Remove the filter wheel axle.
16 Place the filter wheel

a) Lower the filter wheel [1] into its housing.


b) Insert the filter wheel axle [2].
c) Fasten the small screw [3].
17 Mount the lamp bracket
a) Mount the lamp bracket [4].
b) Fasten the screw [5].

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-51
Maintenance

18 Place the drive belt

a) Remove the four screws [2] on the drive bracket.


b) Slightly lift the drive [3] and tilt it toward the measuring unit.
c) Place the belt [1] around the pulley.
d) Push the drive down.
e) Tighten the four screws on the drive bracket.
f) Make sure that the tension on the belt is correct. It should be possible to twist the belt
over 90 degrees with your finger.
19 Mount the top cover

a) Place the top section [2] on the measuring unit.


b) Fasten the four screws [1].
c) Connect the electrical cables [3] to the bottom of the cover heating connectors [3].
20 Mount the measuring unit on the analyzer
See par. 6.2.4. Follow the instruction in reversed order.
Finishing work:
• Perform the cuvette rotor adjustment procedure. See par. 6.5.4.
• Perform a cuvette blank procedure.
• Run some controls.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-52 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.6 Fluid and vacuum system

6.6.1 Replacing a water filter

1 Cap 3 Tubing 5 Filter holder


2 Water container 4 Water filter

Fig.6-29 Replacing the water filter

1 Remove the old filter


a) Unscrew the cap from the water container.
b) Take the tubing with the filter out of the container.
c) Unscrew the filter from the filter holder.
2 Place the new filter
a) Screw the filter into the filter holder.
b) Place the tubing with filter into the water container.
c) Screw the cap on the water container.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-53
Maintenance

6.6.2 Adjusting a vacuum switch

1 Set screw 4 Tube splitter 7 Connection point


2 Tube connector 5 Vacuum meter
3 Tube connector 6 Throttle valve

Fig.6-30 Devices required for adjusting the vacuum switch

1 Create a vacuum switch test set


The vacuum switch can be tested by a vacuum meter and throttle valve. These will be
inserted between the valves block in the back of the analyzer and the collecting cask (see
the fluid and vacuum diagram in the Appendix). The required components and tubing
connections are shown in the figure above.
2 Switch the analyzer off
3 Connect the test set
a) Remove the rear panel from the analyzer.
b) Remove the protection plate from the pumps and valves section.
c) Disconnect the tube [7] that leads to the pumps and valves section from the collecting
cask.
d) Connect the tube from the collecting cask to the tube connector [3] on the test set.
e) Connect the tube connector [2] on the test set to the second connector from the top on
the valves section. This is where the tube to the collecting cask was connected.
f) Make sure that the throttle valve in the test set is closed.
4 Switch the analyzer on
The vacuum pump starts running when the analyzer software has started up.
5 Switch all valves off
a) Open the Vacuum system screen from the Service menu.
b) Use the buttons on the screen to switch all valves off.
6 Check the vacuum system for leakage
a) Check the vacuum on the vacuum meter. It should be below - 0.7 bar.
b) Use the button on the screen to switch the vacuum pump off.
c) Wait 90 seconds.
d) Check the vacuum on the vacuum meter.
If the vacuum has reduced more than 0.1 bar in 90 seconds, there is a leakage in the tubing
or vacuum pump. Replace the tubing and check again.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-54 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

7 Check when the vacuum switch changes to “No Vacuum”


a) Make sure the vacuum is at the normal level of at least - 0.7 bar.
b) Open the throttle valve a little bit to let the vacuum reduce very slowly.
c) Check the status of the vacuum switch on the screen.
d) When the vacuum switch changes to “No Vacuum”, check the vacuum on the vacuum
meter.
The vacuum switch should change when the vacuum is -0.15 bar. If this is not correct,
adjust the switch via the set screw [1] and repeat this step.
8 Check when the vacuum switch changes to “Vacuum”
a)Let the vacuum reduce until the vacuum meter indicates a value well over -0.15 bar.
b)Switch on the vacuum pump.
c)Close the throttle valve.
d)Check the status of the vacuum switch on the screen.
e)When the vacuum switch changes to “Vacuumn”, check the vacuum on the vacuum
meter.
The point where the vacuum switch changes to “Vacuum” should be approx. - 0.25 bar.
9 Remove the test set
a) Switch off the vacuum pump.
b) Disconnect the test set from the valves section and the collecting cask.
c) Connect the tube from the collecting cask to the green connector [7] on the valves
section.
d) Place the protection plate on the side of the pumps and valves section.
e) Close the rear cover.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-55
Maintenance

6.6.3 Overhauling a vacuum pump

1 Vacuum pump 3 Pump chamber 5 Valve chamber


2 Membrane 4 Sealing 6 Cover

Fig.6-31 Overhauling the vacuum pump

1 Remove the pumps and valves unit from the analyzer


2 Disassemble the pump
a) Remove the four screws from the pump head.
b) Remove the entire pump head.
c) Remove the membrane using an Allen key.
3 Assemble the pump with new parts
a) Mount the new membrane.
b) Place the new valve chamber over the membrane.
c) Place the new sealing on the valve chamber.
d) Place the pump chamer over the valve chamber.
e) Place the over on the pump chamber.
f) Apply some Locktite 243 to the screws and fasten them tightly.
4 Repeat the previous steps on the other side of the pump
5 Mount the pumps and valves unit in the analyzer

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-56 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.6.4 Overhauling a cooling or water pump

1 Pump 4 Valve house 7 O-ring


2 Washer 5 Valve plate 8 Resonating membrane
3 Membrane 6 Pump chamber 9 Cover

Fig.6-32 Water pump parts

Info
i The cooling pump has one extra part that is not shown in the above picture.
This is a foam disc that is placed inside the cover [9]. The instructions below
are valid for both the water and cooling pump.

1 Remove the pump from the analyzer


a) Disconnect the power cable from the pump.
b) Disconnect the tubing from the pump.
c) Remove the mounting screws.
2 Disassemble the pump
a) Remove the four screws from the pump head.
b) Remove the entire pump head.
c) Take the pump head parts apart.
d) Unscrew the membrane [3] from the pump.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-57
Maintenance

3 Assemble the pump with new parts


a) Place the washer [2] over the screw on the new membrane [3].
b) Screw the membrane into the pump.
c) Place the valve house over the membrane.
d) Place the new valve plate into the valve house.
e) Place the pump chamber over the valve house.
f) Place the new O-ring [7] on the pump chamber.
g) Place the new resonating membrane [8] on the pump chamber.
h) Place the cover [9] over the pump chamber.
i) Fasten the cover with the four screws.

Info
i When overhauling the cooling pump, do not forget to place the foam disc
inside the cover [9].

4 Mount the pump into the analyzer


a) Fasten the mounting screws.
b) Attach the tubing to the pump.
c) Connect the power cable to the pump.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-58 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.6.5 Adjusting a bellows pump

1 Dispensing needle 2 Driving beam 3 Screws

Fig.6-33 Adjusting the bellows pump stroke


The screws [3] can be reached through two slits in the base frame of the analyzer.
Preparations:
• Check the wash arm position. See par. 6.5.5.

1 Check the washing volume


During the wash cycle, 500 μl is pumped into the cuvettes. At the end of the filling phase,
the dispensing needles [1] should be about 1 mm below the water level in the cuvettes.

If the needles are too deep in the water, perform the following step:
2 Change the pump stroke
a) Loosen the two screws [3].
b) Move the driving beam [2] over a short distance.
c) Fasten the two screws [3].

Info
i To increase the stroke, move the driving beam to the right.
To decrease the stroke, move the driving beam to the left.

Repeat the procedure until the volume in the cuvette is correct.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-59
Maintenance

6.7 Control system

6.7.1 Checking the power supply

Fig.6-34 Checking the power supply

1 Remove the rear panel


2 Swivel one of the brackets with MCBs out
3 Make sure the analyzer is switched on
4 Measure the voltage between TAB1 and TAB6
This voltage should be 30.0 V (+/- 1.2 V).
5 Measure the voltage between TAB8 and TAB6
This voltage should be 14.0 V (+/- 0.5 V).
6 Measure the voltage between TAB2 and TAB6
This voltage should be 5.15 V (+/- 0.15 V).

If one or more measured voltages are out of the acceptable range:


7 Check possible causes for this problem
a) Check the supply voltages on another MCB.
b) Check if the main power supply is within the specified range.
c) Disconnect all boards and measure the power on the power distribution block.

Info
i The power supply does not have adjustable or servicable parts. If the power
supply is the cause of the incorrect voltages, it should be replaced.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-60 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.7.2 Checking the photometer board

Fig.6-35 Checking the photometer board

1 Get access to the photometer board


a) Remove the rear panel from the analyzer.
b) Find the bracket that holds the photometer board (see par. 9.1.2).
c) Swivel the bracket out of the instrument.
2 Attach the two absorbance test box
a) Remove the connectors from PL3 and PL4.
b) Attach the red power cable from the test box to TAB3.
3 Open the Optical Electronics screen
a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Optical Electronics screen.
4 Check the lamp signal conversion circuit
a) Connect the black cable from the test box to PL3.
b) Read the “Lamp measurement” value from the screen.
c) Press the button on the two absorbance text box and keep it pressed.
d) Read the “Lamp measurement” value agan.
e) Compare the two values.
The difference between the two measured values must be 20 000 (+/- 100).

Info
i If the difference in the two measurements is not within the specified range,
the photometer board must be replaced.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-61
Maintenance

5 Check the cuvette signal conversion circuit


a) Connect the black cable from the test box to PL4.
b) Read the “Cuvette measurement” value from the screen.
c) Press the button on the two absorbance text box and keep it pressed.
d) Read the “Cuvette measurement” value agan.
e) Compare the two values.
The difference between the two measured values must be 20 000 (+/- 100).

Info
i If the difference in the two measurements is not within the specified range,
the photometer board must be replaced.

6 Reconnect the instrument cables


a) Remove the text box cables from the photometer board.
b) Attach the cables from the lamp and cuvette detectors to PL3 and PL4.
c) Swivel the photometer board into the instrument.
d) Place the rear cover on the instrument.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-62 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.7.3 Checking / adjusting the temperature control board

Fig.6-36 Display and buttons on the temperature control board

1 Get access to the temperature control board


a) Remove the rear panel from the analyzer.
b) Find the bracket that holds the temperature control board (see par. 9.1.2).
c) Swivel the bracket out of the instrument.

Info
i When the power is switched on, the display flashes all segments and then
shows the version of the control software stored in the EPROM. During
normal operation, if no errors have occurred, only three dots are lit (as in the
above picture).

If an error has occurred:


2 Check the error codes on the display
The three-digit display shows an error code (a flashing letter E followed by two digits). For
a list of error codes, their meanings and possible remedies, see par. 7.1.9.

Info
i Possibly, more than one error condition holds. Press the UP button to let the
temperature control board show all current error codes. Press the DOWN
button to move down the list of current errors one by one.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-63
Maintenance

To check current states:


3 Select states to view their values
a) Press the MODE button briefly. The display alternates between a status number (the
letter S followed by a two-digit number) and the current value for that status.
b) Press the UP or DOWN buttons to browse through the list of states. The list loops
around: when the last state is shown, pressing DOWN makes the first state appear.
c) Press the MODE button briefly to return to normal mode. The display automatically
returns to normal mode when no buttons are pressed for 15 minutes.

Info
i The list of states and their possible ranges is included in the description of
the temperature control board in the Electronics chapter. See par. 6.7.4.

To change parameter settings:


4 Select parameters to view and change their settings
a) Press the MODE button for 3 seconds. The display alternates between a parameter
number (the letter P followed by a two-digit number) and the current value for that
parameter.
b) Press the MODE button to browse through the list of parameters. The list loops around:
when the last parameter is shown, pressing MODE makes the first parameter appear.
c) Press the UP or DOWN button to change the current setting for the parameter.
d) Press the MODE button for 3 seconds to confirm the change. The display shows the
abbreviation ACC and then returns to the parameter mode.
e) Press the MODE button for 3 seconds to return to normal mode. The display
automatically returns to normal mode when no buttons are pressed for 15 minutes.

Info
i The list of parameters and their valid ranges is included in the description of
the temperature control board in the Electronics chapter. See par. 6.7.4.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-64 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.7.4 Temperature control board states and parameters

Status codes
The three-digit display on the temperature control board is used to signal error conditions,
show the current state of various signals and set parameter values. The error codes are
listed in par. 7.1.9 The status codes are shown in the table below. The next subsection lists
the available parameters.

Number Description Range

S01 Cuvette command 000 - 002


S02 Cuvette temperature setpoint 30.0 - 50.0
S03 Current cuvette temperature 10.0 - 50.0
S04 Current ambient temperature 10.0 - 45.0
S05 Cuvette PWM output (%) 00.0 - 99.9
S06 Needle command on - off
S07 Needle set point 30.0 - 50.0
S08 Needle temperature 10.0 - 45.0
S09 Needle PWM output (%) 00.0 - 99.9
S10 Lamp command 000 - 001
S11 Current lamp voltage 11.5 - 12.5
S12 Current reference voltage 02.0 - 03.0
S13 Current voltage on the 14V supply line 13.5 - 14.5
S14 Current voltage on the 30V supply line 29.5 - 30.5
S15-S19 Not used

Info
i The cuvette temperature setpoint is corrected for the current ambient
temperature. This implies that a different current cuvette temperature does
not always imply an error condition.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-65
Maintenance

Parameters list
The three-digit display on the temperature control board is used to signal error conditions,
show the current state of various signals and set parameter values. The error codes are
listed in par. 7.1.9 The status codes are shown in the previous subsection. The table below
lists the available parameters.

Number Description Range

P01 Instrument type selection * 01 - 03


P02 Cuvette temperature setpoint 36.0 - 40.0
P03 Setpoint needle temperature 35.0 - 40.0
P04-P05 Not used
P06 Disable needle heater 00 - 01
P07 Disable cuvette heater ** 00 - 01

* Instrument type selection is required when the temperature control board is switched on
for the first time. The required codes are shown in the following list:
1) Selectra ProXS, Selectra ProS, Flexor EL80, Flexor EL150
2) E series, Selectra ProM, Flexor EL200
3) XL series
Select the required code using the UP and DOWN buttons. Press the MODE button when
the correct value is shown. The display shows ACC when the setting is accepted.
** When the cuvette heater is disabled (P07 is set to 01), the heater is not switched on and
no error is sent to the system board when the temperature is too far off the setpoint.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-66 6003-500-450-01
Maintenance

6.7.5 Adjusting the liquid level detection

1 Pipetting arm connection 2 Potentiometer 3 Test wire connection

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i A correct setting is important to avoid problems. If the LLD is too sensitive,
the needle may draw air instead of liquid. If the LLD is too insensitive, the
needle may be inserted too deep into the liquid.

1 Prepare the needle for the adjustment


a) Remove the tubing from the pipetting head.
b) Remove the rear panel to get access to the LLD board.
c) Attach an electric cable to the pipetting needle. The cable should make firm contact with
the needle without you holding it (as you will influence the electrical resistance of the
connection).
d) Attach the other end of the electrical cable to pin 3 of the right connector on the LLD
board [3]. Pin 3 is in the middle of the top row, as shown in the above picture.

Info
i A special test cable is available from Vital Scientific (part number 3374-210).
The test cable has a Sub-D connector on one end and an alligator clip on the
other.

2 Prepare the LLD board for the test


Turn the potentiometer [2] on the LLD board 3 turns counterclockwise.
3 Set the gain factor
a) Open the Service menu.
b) Open the Arm & Disk/Barcode screen.
c) Press Ctrl + F6 on the keyboard.
d) Enter the value 3 for the gain factor.
e) Touch the Enter key to confirm the setting.
The Liquid Sense parameter on the screen should show the value No.
4 Find the toggle point of the liquid sense circuit
a) Turn the potentiometer [2] on the LLD board clockwise until the Liquid Sense parameter
on the screen changes to Yes.
b) Slowly turn the potentiometer counterclockwise until the Liquid Sense parameter on the
screen just changes from Yes to No.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 6-67
Maintenance

5 Finalize the adjustment


a) Remove the test cable.
b) Reset the pipetting arm.
c) Pour 1 ml distilled water into a test tube.
d) Place the tube in a sample position.
e) Touch the Edit Position button on the screen.
f) Enter the position in which the test tube is placed and press the Enter key. The rotor and
needle move so that the needle is over the test tube.
g) Press the arrow down button on the keyboard to move the needle into the test tube.
h) Check whether the needle just touches the water in the test tube.
i) If required, turn the potentiometer [2] on the LLD board in small steps and repeat this
step after each change. Turn clockwise to decrease or counterclockwise to increase the
sensitivity.

Info
i If the needle stops too early (above the water level), the sensitivity is too
high. If the needle stops too late (too deep in the water), the sensitivity is too
low.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6-68 6003-500-450-01
7

Troubleshooting

This chapter lists all error codes that may appear in the analyzer software, with possible
causes and remedies. A section on troubleshooting is also included.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-1
Troubleshooting

7.1 Error messages

7.1.1 Error reporting

When a test-related error condition is found, the measurement result is flagged. These flags
are also included on printed test results. A list of flags and their meanings is included in the
User Manual.
When a hardware error occurs, it is signalled to the operator in a dialog window. All errors
have a specific code and are logged. The error history lists all logged error messages.

Fig.7-1 The error history screen

Info
i A hardware error often leads to subsequent errors. All errors are listed in the
error history. Start checking the cause for the first error that occured at a
specific time. Solving that cause may automatically resolve all subsequent
errors.

Error code categories

Error code range Error category See:

E00 - E19 System board and general errors par. 7.1.2


E20 - E39 Pipettor errors par. 7.1.3
E40 - E59 Measuring unit errors par. 7.1.4
E60 - E79 Pipetting arm errors par. 7.1.5
E100 - E119 Reagent / sample rotor errors par. 7.1.6
E120 - E139 Washing system errors par. 7.1.7
E140 - E299 ISE unit errors par. 7.1.8

On-board error indicators


Some control boards have LEDs that show error codes. These error codes and their
possible causes and remedies are listed in separate sections:
• Temperature control board errors - see par. 7.1.9.
• Cooling unit board errors - see par. 7.1.10.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-2 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

7.1.2 System board and general errors

E00 Z80 Master Card RAM Check Error


One or more bits in the system board RAM are not readable and/or writable.
Possible causes:
• Defective RAM.
• Malfunctioning system board.
Actions:
• Replace the RAM on the system board.
• If the problem persists, replace the entire system board.

E01 Z80 Master Card ROM Check Error


Checksum is not equal to zero.
Possible causes:
• RAM and/or ROM on the system board are malfunctioning.
Actions:
• Replace RAM and/or ROM on the system board.
• If the problem persists, replace the entire system board.

E02 System Emergency Halt


The cuvette rotor was moving while one of the arms (reagent, sample, wash arm, ISE
needle) was not in its highest position.
Possible causes:
• The arm was probably touched while the cuvette rotor was moving.
Actions:
• Reset the system.
• Check all optos that monitor the arm positions.

E05 No Clean Cuvette


Possible causes:
• The wash arm mechanism is not working well.
• The bellows pump has stopped.
• The vacuum system is malfunctioning.
• There was a system reset and the cuvettes were not emptied yet.
Actions:
• Check the status and functioning of the bellows pump.
• Remove the cuvette rotor. Clean and empty the cuvettes. Then reset the system.

E07 System Reset Incomplete


Possible causes:
• Other errors prevented a clean system reset.
Actions:
• Check the Error History for previous errors and solve them.

E10 No Vacuum
The vacuum is below the defined minimum too long.
Possible causes:
• Defective or worn components in the vacuum system.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-3
Troubleshooting

• Malfunctioning vacuum switch.


Actions:
• Check the vacuum pump and membranes.
• Check the valve board.
• Check the vacuum tubing on leakage and clamping.
• Check the valves on leakage.
• Check and adjust the vacuum switch.

E11 Waste Full


The waste full signal was raised too long.
Possible causes:
• Waste container was not emptied.
• Malfunctioning floating sensor in the waste container.
Actions:
• Empty the waste container.
• Check the floating sensor if the error persists.

E12 Water Running Out


The upper float switch in the water cask detected “no water” too long.
Possible causes:
• Water container empty.
• Malfunctioning water pump.
• Malfunctioning floating sensor in the water cask.
Actions:
• Fill the water container.
• Check the water pump.
• Check the floating sensors in the water cask.

E13 Lamp Failure


The lin/log conversion of measurements resulted in a counter overrun. This occurs when
the photocell does not detect sufficient light. See par. 3.8.4.
Possible causes:
• Lamp is near the end of its lifetime.
• Lamp voltage is incorrect or not stable.
• Incorrect filter was selected.
• Malfunctioning photometer board.
Actions:
• Check the lamp; replace if required.
• Check the lamp voltage.
• Check the filter wheel position.
• Check the photometer board; replace if required.

E14 Cuvettes Temp Error


The cuvette temperature circuit on the TCB did not give the “temperature OK” within the
maximum temperature adjustment time. The circuit is switched off to prevent damage. See
par. 3.8.5.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning TCB.
• Malfunctioning Peltier elements.
• Malfunctioning ambient board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-4 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

• Ambient temperature outside the specified working range. See par. A.1.3.
Actions:
• Check the error code on the TCB. See par. 7.1.9.

E15 Reagent Needle Temp Error


The temperature of the reagent needle is not at the target within the maximum
temperature adjustment time.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning of the reagent needle heating circuit.
• Malfunctioning of the temperature control board.
Actions:
• Check the error code on the TCB. See par. 7.1.9.

E17 Insufficient Water


The lower float switch in the water cask did not detect water.
Possible causes:
• Water container empty.
• Malfunctioning water pump.
• Malfunctioning floating sensor in the water cask.
Actions:
• Fill the water container.
• Check the water pump.
• Check the floating sensors in the water cask.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-5
Troubleshooting

7.1.3 Pipettor errors

E20 Sample Syr. Pos. Error


E21 Sample Syr. Pos. Error
E23 Reagent Syr. Pos. Error
E24 Reagent Syr. Pos. Error
The vertical position of the syringe as detected by the optical switches is not the calculated
position according to the stepper motor movements. E20 and E23 are generated for the
reset optos (the lower switches on the board); E21 and E22 are generated for the down
optos (the upper switches on the board).
Possible causes:
• Badly aligned syringe.
• Too much friction on the spindle that drives the syringe.
• Malfunctioning or maladjusted optical switches.
• Malfunctioning stepper motor.
• Bad connection to the MCB that controls the pipettor.
• Malfunctioning MCB.
Actions:
• Check the syringe.
• Check free movement of the spindle that drives the syringe.
• Check the status and movement of the stepper motor.
• Check if the timing belt is well adjusted (not too tight or too loose).
• Check if the spindle is moving smoothly. Clean and grease if required.
• Check the functioning of the optical switches.
• Check the connections to the MCB.
• Swap MCBs to locate the problem.

E25 Reag. Valve Error


The position of the valve as detected by the optical switches on the valve board is not the
calculated position according to the movement of the valve gear.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning or maladjusted optical switches on the valve board.
• Malfunctioning MCB or blown fuses due to low DC motor resistance.
• Bad connection to the MCB that controls the pipettor.
• Malfunctioning dispenser driver board.
Actions:
• Check the optical switches on the valve board.
• Check the fuses on the MCB.
• Check the dispenser driver board.

E30 Pipettor 14V Failed


E31 Pipettor 30V Failed
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad power connections to the MCB.
• Power supply failure.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check connectors PL3 and PL4 on the MCB.
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• Check the stepper motors (in case of E31).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-6 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

E32 Pipettor Init Failed


E35 Sample Syringe Reset Failed
E36 Reagent Syringe Reset Failed
The MCB does not report reset status for all components after a reset was performed. This
may be a communication problem or a hardware problem.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB.
• Malfunctioning stepper motors.
• Spindle is not moving smoothly.
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the stepper motors.
• Check free movement of the spindles.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

E37 Pipettor Communication Error


Communication between the MCB and the system board stalls, or an unknown code is
echoed.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-7
Troubleshooting

7.1.4 Measuring unit errors

E40 Meas. Disc 14V Failed


E41 Meas. Disc 30V Failed
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad power connections to the MCB.
• Power supply failure.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check connectors PL3 and PL4 on the MCB
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• Check the stepper motors (in case of E41).

E42 Measurement Disc Error


Readings from the home sensor and encoder optos do not match the position and/or
movement of the measurement disc according to the software.
Possible causes:
• Blocked measurement disc.
• Incorrect tension on the timing belt.
• Malfunctioning optical switches.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check if the measurement disc moves smoothly.
• Check if timing belt is well-tensioned (not too tight or too loose).
• Check if the optical switches function correctly.

E43 Filter Error


Readings from the home sensor does not match the position of the filter wheel according
to the software.
Possible causes:
• Blocked filter wheel.
• Malfunctioning optical switch.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check if the filter wheel moves smoothly.
• Check if the optical switches function correctly.

E52 Meas. Disc Init Failed


E55 Meas. Disc Reset Failed
E56 Filter Reset Failed
The MCB does not report reset status for all components after a reset was performed. This
may be a communication problem or a hardware problem.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB.
• Malfunctioning stepper motors.
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-8 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.


• Check the stepper motors.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

E57 Meas. Disc Communication Error


Communication between the MCB and the system board stalls, or an unknown code is
echoed.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-9
Troubleshooting

7.1.5 Pipetting arm errors

E80 Pipetting Arm 14V Failed


E81 Pipetting Arm 30V Failed
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad power connections to the MCB.
• Power supply failure.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check connectors PL3 and PL4 on the MCB
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• Check the stepper motors (in case of E81).

E82 Pipetting Arm Horizontal Error


E83 Pipetting Arm Vertical Error
Readings from the optical switches or encoder optos do not match the position of the arm
according to the software, or the safety switch in the pipetting head was activated.
Possible causes:
• Something is blocking the arm movement.
• The needle hit something while the arm was moving down.
• Malfunctioning optical switches.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check if the arms move smoothly.
• Check if timing belts are well-tensioned (not too tight or too loose).
• Check if the optical switches function correctly.

E92 Pipetting Arm Init Failed


E95 Pipetting Arm Horiz. Reset Failed
E96 Pipetting Arm Vertical Reset Failed
The MCB does not report reset status for all components after a reset was performed. This
may be a communication problem or a hardware problem.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB.
• Malfunctioning stepper motors.
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the stepper motors.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

E97 Reagent Arm Communication Error


Communication between the MCB and the system board stalls, or an unknown code is
echoed.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-10 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-11
Troubleshooting

7.1.6 Reagent / sample rotor errors

E100 Discs 14V Failed


E101 Discs 30V Failed
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad power connections to the MCB.
• Power supply failure.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check connectors PL3 and PL4 on the MCB
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• Check the stepper motors (in case of E101).

E102 Reagent/Sample Disc Error


Readings from the home sensor and encoder optos do not match the position and/or
movement of the rotor according to the software.
Possible causes:
• Blocked rotor.
• Malfunctioning optical switches.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check if the rotor moves smoothly.
• Check if timing belt is well-tensioned (not too tight or too loose).
• Check if the optical switches function correctly.

E112 Discs Init Failed


E115 Reagent Disc Reset Failed
E116 Sample Disc Reset Failed
The MCB does not report reset status for all components after a reset was performed. This
may be a communication problem or a hardware problem.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB.
• Malfunctioning stepper motors.
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the stepper motors.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

E117 Reag./Samp. Disc Commun. Error


Communication between the MCB and the system board stalls, or an unknown code is
echoed.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-12 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

• Check fuses on the MCB.


• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-13
Troubleshooting

7.1.7 Washing system errors

E120 Washarm/Bellows Pump 14V Failed


E121 Washarm/Bellows Pump 30V Failed
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad power connections to the MCB.
• Power supply failure.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check connectors PL3 and PL4 on the MCB
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• Check the stepper motors (in case of E121).

E122 Washarm Error


E123 Bellows Pump Error
Readings from the home sensor and encoder optos do not match the position and/or
movement of the wash arm or bellows pump according to the software.
Possible causes:
• Blocked wash arm or bellows pump.
• Malfunctioning optical switches.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check if the components moves smoothly.
• Check if timing belt is well-tensioned (not too tight or too loose).
• Check if the optical switches function correctly.

E124 Water Overflow Measurement Disc


The liquid detectors on the wash arm detect liquid.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning vacuum pump.
• Blocked aspiration needle(s).
• Blocked tubing to collecting cask(s).
• Misalignment of the wash arm.
• Malfunctioning electronic components.
Actions:
• Check the water level in the cuvettes.
• Unblock the aspiration needles.
• Replace the tubing to the collecting cask(s).
• Clean the wash arm and check the vacuum and valves (V2, V4 and V14).
• Replace the needle plate unit of the wash arm if it is too old.

E125 No Cuvettes
The wash arm was not stopped by a cuvette rotor when moving down.
Possible causes:
• No cuvette rotor present.
• Incorrect positioning of the wash arm.
• Malfunctioning optical switches on the wash arm board.
Actions:
• Place a cuvette rotor.
• Check the wash arm position. See par. 6.5.5.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-14 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

• Check the optical switches. Replace the wash arm board if required.

E132 Washarm/Bellows Pump Init Failed


E135 Washarm Reset Failed
E136 Bellows Pump Reset Failed
The MCB does not report reset status for all components after a reset was performed. This
may be a communication problem or a hardware problem.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB.
• Malfunctioning stepper motors.
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the stepper motors.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

E137 Washarm/Bellows Pump Comm. Error


Communication between the MCB and the system board stalls, or an unknown code is
echoed.
Possible causes:
• Fuses on the MCB are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and MCB
• Malfunctioning SIO on the system board.
Actions:
• Check fuses on the MCB.
• Check all connectors on MCB and system board.
• Check the SIO on the system board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-15
Troubleshooting

7.1.8 ISE unit errors

E140 ISE Not Present


E142 ISE Communication Error
The connection to the ISE unit was not established or produced communication errors.
Possible causes:
• Fuses in the ISE unit are blown.
• Bad connections between system board and ISE unit.
Actions:
• Check fuses in the ISE unit.
• Check all connectors on system board and ISE unit.

E144 ISE Arm Error


The position of the ISE sipper arm as detected by the optical switches is not the position it
should have according to the software.
Possible causes:
• ISE sipper arm was moved manually.
• Maladjustment of optical switches.
• Malfunctioning optical switches.
• Malfunctioning electromagnet (which moves the ISE sipper arm).
Actions:
• Check the status and functioning of the electromagnet.
• Check smooth movement of the ISE sipper arm.
• Check the fucntioning and position of the optical switches.

E145 ISE Not Ready


Possible causes:
• A command is sent to the ISE unit while it is still processing a previous command or
warming up.
Actions:
• Wait until the ISE unit is ready.

E287 ISE Sequence Error


An error in the calibration sequence was detected.
Possible causes:
• Pipetting of a calibrator failed.
Actions:
• Repeat the ISE calibration procedure.

E290 ISE Data Error


The EPROM of the ISE unit did not contain the required data when calibration was started.
Possible causes:
• Defective EEPROM in the ISE unit.
Actions:
• Replace the PCB of the ISE unit.

E291 ISE Startup Error


The ISE unit could not start up correctly.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-16 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

Possible causes:
• Missing ISE reference solution.
Actions:
• Make sure there is sufficient ISE reference solution in the bottle.

E292 ISE Insufficient Sample


It takes too long for the sample to reach the bubble detector.
Possible causes:
• Insufficient sample available.
• Malfunctioning ISE sipper.
• Blocked tubing to ISE unit.
Actions:
• Make sure sufficient sample is available.
• Check the functioning of the ISE sipper.
• Check the tubing to the ISE unit. Replace if required.

E293 ISE Bubble Detection Error


The bubble detector does not detect liquid, or liquid remains in the bubble detector.
Possible causes:
• Reference tubing is blocked.
Actions:
• Reset the ISE unit to unblock the tubing.
• Replace the tubing.

E294 ISE Parameters Unavailable


No parameters were found for the ISE unit.
Possible causes:
• Defective EEPROM in the ISE unit.
Actions:
• Replace the PCB of the ISE unit.

E295 ISE Calibration Unavailable


No calibration data was found for the ISE unit.
Possible causes:
• A measurement was started before the ISE unit was calibrated.
Actions:
• Interrupt the measurement and calibrate the ISE unit. Then repeat the test.

E296 ISE Insufficient Reference


The ISE unit did not receive reference solution.
Possible causes:
• Reference solution bottle is empty.
• Tubing from the reference solution bottle is blocked.
Actions:
• Make sure reference solution is available.
• Check the tubing from the reference bottle. Replace if required.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-17
Troubleshooting

7.1.9 Temperature control board errors

Fig.7-2 Display and buttons on the temperature control board

E01 Reference voltage too high


E02 Reference voltage too low
E09 A/D chip error
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning temperature control board.
Actions:
• Replace temperature control board.

E03 Ambient temperature too high


E04 Ambient temperature too low
According to the TCB circuits, the ambient temperature is outside the specified range for
the analyzer (see par. A.1.3). If this is the case, the analyzer should not be used. If the
ambient temperature is within the specified range, check the following causes and actions:
Possible causes:
• Bad connection between ambient board and TCB.
• Malfunctioning ambient board.
• Malfunctioning TCB components.
Actions:
• Check connection between ambient board and TCB.
• Disconnect PL4 and measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the loose
connector. If the resistance is between 4 and 25 KOhm, replace the TCB.
Otherwise, replace the ambient board.

E05 30V too high


E06 30V too low
The 30V power supply voltage is above 32.5V or below 27.5V.
Possible causes:
• Fuse on the TCB blown.
• Bad connection in power supply lines.
• Malfunctioning power supply.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-18 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

• Malfunctioning TCB components.


Actions:
• Disconnect PL1 and measure the voltage over pins 5 and 6 on the loose connector.
• Check fuse F1 on the TCB (in case of E06).
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• If the supply voltage is correct, replace the TCB.

E07 14V too high


E08 14V too low
The 14V power supply voltage is above 15.2V or below 12.8V.
Possible causes:
• Fuse on the TCB blown.
• Bad connection in power supply lines.
• Malfunctioning power supply.
• Malfunctioning TCB components.
Actions:
• Disconnect PL1 and measure the voltage over pins 3 and 6 on the loose connector.
• Check fuse F2 on the TCB (in case of E08).
• Check the power supply voltages (see par. 6.7.1).
• If the supply voltage is correct, replace the TCB.

E21 Lamp voltage too high


E22 Lamp voltage too low
The lamp voltage is above 12.1V or below 11.9V.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning temperature control board.
Actions:
• Replace temperature control board.

E23 Lamp short circuit


Possible causes:
• Short circuit in the lamp or wiring.
Actions:
• Replace the lamp.
• Check the wiring. Replace if required.

E31 Cuvette temperature over setpoint


E32 Cuvette temperature below setpoint
E33 Cuvette temperature above normal range
E34 Cuvette temperature below normal range
The cuvette temperature is more than 0.5º C off the setpoint or outside the acceptable
working range (10 - 50º C).
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning TCB components.
Actions:
• Disconnect PL2 and measure the voltage over pins 3 and 4 of the board connector
(supply voltage to the Peltier elements). The voltage should be between 0 and 14V,
with pin 3 positive for E31 and E33 and pin 4 positve for E32 and E34. If the voltage
is outside this range or has the wrong polarity, replace the TCB.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-19
Troubleshooting

• Disconnect PL2 and measure the resistance over pins 3 and 4 of the wire
connector. If the resistance is not between 2 and 10 Ohm, check the Peltier
elements and wiring. Replace if required.
• Disconnect PL5 and measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 on the wire
connector. If the resistance is not around 40 kOhms, replace the temperature
sensor.
• Disconnect PL5 and measure the resistance between pins 1 and 4, 2 and 4, 3 and 4
of the wire connector. If these resistances are not all very high, check the wiring and
temperature sensor for short circuits. Replace wiring and/or temperature sensor if
required.
• If all of the above measurements were within the specified ranges, replace the TCB.

E41 Needle temperature over setpoint


E42 Needle temperature below setpoint
E43 Needle temperature above normal range
E44 Needle temperature below normal range
The needle temperature is too far off the setpoint or outside the acceptable working range
(10 - 50ºC).
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning TCB or needle heater components.
Actions:
• Disconnect PL6 and measure the voltage over pins 5 and 6 of the board connector
(supply voltage to the needle heater element). The voltage should be around 0V for
E41 and E43 and around 13V for E42 and E44. If the voltage is outside this range,
replace the TCB.
• Disconnect PL6 and measure the resistance over pins 5 and 6 of the wire
connector. If the resistance is not around 48 Ohm, check the needle heater element
and wiring. Replace if required.
• Disconnect PL6 and measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the wire
connector. The resistance depends on the temperature. At ambient temperature the
resistance should be around 25 kOhms. If not, check the wiring and temperature
sensor. Replace the sensor if required.
• If all of the above measurements were within the specified ranges, replace the TCB.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-20 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

7.1.10 Cooling unit board errors

E05 short-short-long-short-long
The CU board receives no samples.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning A/D converter.
Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E06 short-short-long-long-short
The 12V input supply line is too low.
Possible causes:
• Bad connection to the power supply.
• Malfunctioning power supply.
Actions:
• Check the power cables.
• Check the power supply.

E09 short-long-short-short-long
Short circuit in the cooling pump or fan.
Possible causes:
• Short circuit in the cooling pump or wiring.
• Short circuit in the fan or wiring.
Actions:
• Check the wiring and replace if required.
• Check the cooling pump.
• Check the cooling fan.

E10 short-long-short-long-short
The cooling pump and/or fan are not detected during startup.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning cooling pump.
• Malfunctioning fan.
• Bad connections to cooling pump and/or fan.
Actions:
• Check all power connections.
• Check cooling pump and fan.

E11 short-long-short-long-long
The unit is not cooling.
Possible causes:
• Bad connections to the Peltier elements.
• Peltier elements are connected the wrong way around.
• Malfunctioning Peltier elements.
Actions:
• Check the connection to the Peltier elements.
• Correct the orientation of the Peltier elements.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-21
Troubleshooting

• Check the resistance of the Peltier elements. If the resistance is high, replace the
Peltier element.

E13 short-long-long-short-long
No feedback received from the Peltier elements.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning voltage regulator circuit.
• Malfunctioning Peltier elements.
• Bad connection to Peltier elements.
Actions:
• Check connections to Peltier elements.
• Check if Peltier elements with an external power supply.
• If the Peltier elements and wiring are working, replace the CU board.

E14 short-long-long-long-short
Temperature sensor does not give a signal.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning temperature sensor.
Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E21 long-short-long-short-long
The main loop in the program is taking too long.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning components on the cooling unit board.
Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E22 long-short-long-long-short
The program has encountered a stack overflow.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning components on the cooling unit board.
Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E23 long-short-long-long-long
The watchdog function did not receive a signal for too long.
Possible causes:
• The program is stuck.
Actions:
• Reset the CU board by interrupting the power.
• If the problem reappears, replace the CU board.

E25 long-long-short-short-long
The microcontroller does not receive a correct clock signal.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning crystal.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-22 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E26 long-long-short-long-short
The microcontroller cannot read or write the flash memory.
Possible causes:
• Malfunctioning flash memory.
Actions:
• Replace the cooling unit board.

E27 long-long-short-long-long
The CU board has interrupted its program.
Possible causes:
• An external reset signal was received.
Actions:
• Check the reason for the external reset signal.
• Reset the CU board by interrupting the power.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-23
Troubleshooting

7.2 Troubleshooting

7.2.1 Personal safety

! WARNING

BIOHAZARD
Samples, controls, calibrators and liquid waste are potentially infectious.
Handle all materials according to national and international laboratory safety
regulations.

! CAUTION

WEAR GLOVES
Gloves are required when working on tubing, syringes, rotors and/or waste
containers.

Cleaning the system


To eliminate the risk of contamination during troubleshooting, it is recommended to
perform a clean system procedure before starting the troubleshooting work. Due to time
constraints and depending on the error conditions that are present, this may not always be
feasible.
If the clean system procedure cannot be executed, you should be extra careful when
performing the work required to find and solve problems in the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-24 6003-500-450-01
Troubleshooting

7.2.2 System initialization sequence

The following sequence indicates the order in which the control system is initialized at startup.
This may be helpful in finding causes of startup problems.

System Board initialization


1) The microprocessor initializes the PIO’s and sets the lines that are designated as
inputs and outputs.
2) The RAM is checked by writing series of 1 and 0 bits into the memory.
3) The contents of the ROM is tested with a checksum.
4) The CTC registers are cleared and the interrupt frequency is set.
5) The serial interfaces to the Motion Control Boards are initialized.

Motion Control Boards initialization


1) Initialization of KIO’s.
2) Initialization of CTC’s.
3) Initialization of PIO’s.
4) ROM test (only on the pipettor MCB).
5) RAM test.
6) Initialization of SIO’s.

Hardware subsystems initialization


1) Move wash arm and pipetting arm up.
2) Reset pipetting arm.
3) Reset cuvette rotor.
4) Reset diluter.
5) Reset filter wheel.
6) Reset reagent / sample rotor.
7) Reset bellows pump.
8) Reset wash arm.
9) Move pipetting arm to the wash position.
10 ) Fill bellows pump.

Info
i If errors occur during the system initialization phase, subsequent errors may
occur. Use the error history to find the first error that occurred during the
initialization. Solve that problem and restart the analyzer.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 7-25
Troubleshooting

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7-26 6003-500-450-01
8

Parts

This chapter contains exploded views and parts lists for the components of the instrument.
It also contains standard lists of spare parts.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-1
Parts

8.1 Overview

Fig.8-1 Overview of assemblies.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-2 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-1: Overview of assemblies

Nr Part nr. Description See:

1 Power supply and electronic boards par. 8.7.4


2 6002-757 Pumps and valves par. 8.6.1
3 6003-440 Panel PC n.a.
4 6003-509 PSID scanner unit par. 8.7.7
5 6001-786 Water cask par. 8.6.5
6 6002-771 Pipettor unit par. 8.4
7 a), b) Water and waste containers par. 8.6.7
8 6003-507 Panels par. 8.7.1
9 Cooling unit par. 8.2.3
10 6003-512 Reagent / sample rotor par. 8.2.1
11 6002-779 Measuring unit par. 8.3
12 6002-252 Stirrer unit par. 8.2.4
13 Pipetting arm par. 8.5
14 Washing unit par. 8.2.5
15 6002-752 Bellows pump par. 8.6.3

a) 6002-765 - Water container assy (including water filter, tubing and cap)
b) 6002-766 - Diluted waste container assy (including float switch, tubing and cap)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-3
Parts

8.2 Rotors section

8.2.1 Reagent / sample rotor

Fig.8-2 Reagent / sample rotor

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-4 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-2: Reagent / sample rotor

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. Rotor drive par. 8.2.2


2 6003-512 REAGENT / SAMPLE ROTOR
3 4100-821 SCREW
4 3029-081 O-RING
5 4106-289 RING
6 3030-056 DOWEL PIN 5M6 X 16 DIN 7 AISI
7 3008-043 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 914

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-5
Parts

8.2.2 Rotor drive

26
27

27
15
31

29
30

28

25

13
22

24
20

21

23
13

13
17

16
18

15
13

3
19

2
5
6

13
1

12
8
9
14

11
10
15

Fig.8-3 Rotor drive

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-6 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-3: Rotor drive

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4102-324 SHAFT
2 4802-245 PLATE
3 4102-355 SHAFT
4 3130-077 SPROCKET
5 3053-035 BEARING, BALL 30 X 55 X 13 MM
6 3053-001 BEARING, BALL 6 X 19 X 6 MM
7 4105-187 BUSH
8 3350-023 CONN. 2PM FASTON TAB 6,3 MM
9 4105-186 BUSH
10 3022-025 WASHER 6.4 ST.ST. DIN 125A
11 3002-388 SCREW M6 X 25 ST.ST. DIN 912
12 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798
13 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
14 3002-015 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
15 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
16 3002-030 SCREW M4 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
17 3022-020 WASHER M5 ST.ST. DIN 125A
18 3002-336 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 912
19 4802-250 VANE
20 3064-053 TIMING BELT (KEVLAR) 4T2.5/330
21 6001-930 OPTICAL SWITCH 1.5V/7.5MA
22 4803-472 BRACKET
23 4803-383 BRACKET
24 3381-053 OPTICAL SWITCH 1.5V/7.5MA
25 6002-572 ARM MOTOR UNIT HOR./VERT.
26 3019-049 NUT M4 X 27.5 MM
27 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912
28 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
29 3130-076 SPROCKET T2,5/15
30 3004-204 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST DIN 965
31 4700-543 DISC, ENCODER

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-7
Parts

8.2.3 Cooling unit

2 16

1 6
4

5
17

9
8

7
23

12 25
24

13 26
10 27
18
14 28

15 21 27
19
29
30
31
11 22
20 32
21
33

Fig.8-4 Cooling unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-8 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-4: Cooling unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. BRACKET 6003-370


2 n.a. ISO1207-M3X60-4.8-VERZINKT 6003-370
3 n.a. PIPE ASSY 6003-370
4 6003-352 FAN
5 3370-053 FEED THROUGH
6 3002-255 SCREW M4 X 12 DUO-TAPTITE
7 1513-051 TUBE, PVC 4 X 6 MM CLEAR a), b)
8 3066-147 MALE LUER CONNECTOR a)
9 3066-144 FEMALE LUER CONNECTOR a)
10 3365-020 COOLING PUMP 24V
11 4501-604 BLOCK 6002-933
12 4100-813 CAP
13 3029-084 O-RING ID=11MM d=3MM
14 4104-133 TUBE PMMA 6002-933
15 3066-111 TUBE CONN. FEMALE / 10/32" 6002-933
16 4509-258 PRIMARY COOLER 6003-361
17 5000-285 COOLING POT 6003-361
18 4802-446 ISOLATOR 6003-361
19 3367-089 JCU BOARD II
20 3002-135 SCREW M3 X 16 POLYAM. DIN 84
21 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985
22 4501-599 BLOCK
23 4802-445 POSITIONER 6003-361
24 3390-045 PELTIER ELEMENT
25 3004-212 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 965
26 4100-793 TUBE CONNECTOR 6003-361
27 4509-251 HEAT SINK 6003-361
28 4802-438 SPACER 6003-361
29 3105-041 BUSH 6003-361
30 4100-814 BRIDGE 6003-361
31 3350-149 CONN. 1PF FASTON TAB (90GR) M3/
M4
32 3002-036 SCREW ST.ST. M3 X 35 DIN 7985
33 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912

a) Multiple sections of tubing required. Only one section shown.


b) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-9
Parts

8.2.4 Stirrer unit

14 19
18
17
1
13

12

11
21
20 22
10 5

3 23
2
9

16
15
24

8 23 23
6

Fig.8-5 Stirrer unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-10 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-5: Stirrer unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4501-512 BLOCK
2 4802-441 PLATE
3 4803-450 BRACKET
4 4105-238 BUSH
5 4509-162 STRIP
6 6001-773 STIRRER DRIVER BOARD
7 4509-167 PLATE
8 3363-625 MOTOR 18V DC BALLBEARING
9 4129-017 PULLEY
10 3053-020 BEARING, BALL 8 X 16 X 5 MM
11 4129-018 PULLEY
12 3064-041 DRIVINGBELT MIXER
13 3019-004 NUT M3 BRASS (HEIGHT 25 MM)
14 3009-048 SCREW, KNURLED TUMB LOW
15 3008-038 SCREW M3 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 913
16 3008-020 SCREW M3 X 3 ST.ST. DIN 913
17 3053-005 BALL 5 MM BALLBEARINGSTEEL
18 3750-043 SPRING
19 3008-125 SCREW M6 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 551
20 3002-122 SCREW M1.6 X 3 ST.ST. DIN 84
21 3002-002 SCREW M2 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 7985
22 3004-204 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST DIN 965
23 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
24 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-11
Parts

8.2.5 Wash arm

5
2

4
3

14
13
12
7

10 15

11
9 16
17
21

24

23
19
6 20 25 18
12
14

22

Fig.8-6 Wash arm

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-12 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-6: Wash arm parts

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3002-007 SCREW M2 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985


2 6002-639 BLOCK
3 6001-961 NEEDLE PLATE UNIT
4 6001-963 BLOCK ASSY
5 1513-053 TUBE, PVC 1.5 X 2.5 MM CLEAR a)
6 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
7 4502-290 BEAM 6001-811
8 4802-242 PLATE 6001-811
9 4501-459 BLOCK 6001-811
10 4105-185 BUSH 6001-811
11 4501-591 BLOCK 6001-811
12 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A 6001-811
13 3370-411 CLIP.CABLE H5P 6001-811
14 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985 6001-811
15 3004-212 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 965 6001-811
16 3002-336 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 912 6001-811
17 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A 6001-811
18 3064-019 TIMINGBELT 116T/T2.5/290
19 3370-444 TIE ANCHOR MOUNT NYLON 6001-811
20 3011-011 NUT M3 ST.ST. DIN 934 6001-811
21 4802-243 VANE 6001-811
22 3002-318 SCREW M3 X 25 ST.ST. DIN 912 6001-811
23 3366-122 SOLDERTAG M3 1 LIPS 6001-811
24 4105-184 BUSH 6001-811
25 4753-010 CLIP 6001-811

a) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-13
Parts

8.2.6 Wash arm drive

13

12

1 17

16
10
15
14

11
18
9

8
7

3
6
3

1
5
2
1

Fig.8-7 Wash arm drive

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-14 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-7: Wash arm drive parts

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3105-004 ADJUSTING RING 12H13X6H8X8


DIN7
2 3105-004 ADJUSTING RING 12H13X6H8X8
DIN7
3 4102-319 SHAFT
4 4802-331 PLATE
5 3002-028 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 6002-573 VERT. ARM MOTOR UNIT
7 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
8 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912
9 6001-882 WASH ARM BOARD
10 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
11 n.a. BLOCK WITH BALL BEARING 6001-420
12 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
13 3002-621 SCREW M3 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 85
14 3002-030 SCREW M4 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985 6001-420
15 3023-055 WASHER, SPRING 8 X 3.2 X 0.5 6001-420
16 3019-009 NUT M3 BRASS (HEIGHT 15 MM) 6001-420
17 3002-026 SCREW M4 X 8 ST ST. DIN 7985
18 n.a. Wash arm assembly par. 8.2.5

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-15
Parts

8.3 Measuring unit

8.3.1 Measuring unit - lamp section

26

18
12
23

11
7

17
22
4

16
25
3

15
24
2

14
6

21
3

13
5

20
11

19
12

10
1

Fig.8-8 Lamp section of the measuring unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-16 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-8: Lamp section of the measuring unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. Measuring unit par. 8.3.2


2 3060-053 LENS 8 MM F13,5
3 4802-257 PLATE
4 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798
5 4802-343 PLATE
6 3002-028 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
7 3002-015 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 3020-017 CIRCLIP 4 DIN 6799
9 4102-330 SHAFT
10 3004-226 SCREW M4 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
11 3023-010 WASHER,LOCK,ST.ST.M4 DIN 6798 6002-182
12 3002-027 SCREW M4 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985 6002-182
13 4502-293 BEAM
14 4105-195 BUSH
15 4502-449 BEAM 6002-182
16 4106-226 RING
17 3750-036 SPRING
18 4107-072 SCREW
19 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
20 3750-035 SPRING
21 4102-239 EXCENTER
22 4803-620 BRACKET 6002-182
23 3350-169 LAMP HOLDER 6002-182
24 3004-214 SCREW M3 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 965 6002-182
25 3022-022 WASHER 4.3 ST.CAD DIN 7349 6002-182
26 3380-018 LAMP, CLEAR QUARTZ 12V/20W

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-17
Parts

8.3.2 Measuring unit - filter wheel section

9
4
10 3
5

2
26
25
23

27 24
6
7
8
7
20

19

17
22

21
1 18

3
15

16

12 14
11 13
10

Fig.8-9 Filter wheel section of the measuring unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-18 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-9: Filter wheel section of the measuring unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. Measuring unit par. 8.3.3


2 4509-171 PLATE
3 3004-230 SCREW M4 X 20 ST.ST. DIN 965
4 4105-225 BUSH
5 4107-085 SCREW
6 3022-005 WASHER ø 2.2 ST.ST. DIN 988
7 3011-004 NUT M2 ST.ST. DIN 934
8 3366-120 SOLDERTAG M2 1 LIPS
9 4100-809 WASH CUP
10 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
11 6002-570 STEPPER MOTOR UNIT
12 3023-014 WASHER WITH TAP M4 AISI DIN 9
13 3002-028 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
14 3130-082 GEAR M=1, Z=60
15 4501-533 BLOCK
16 3004-226 SCREW M4 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
17 4509-124 BLOCK, BS
18 4105-194 BUSH
19 3059-015 WINDOW
20 4752-044 SPRING, LEAF
21 6001-819 FILTER RESET BOARD
22 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
23 4700-540 FILTERWHEEL
24 3106-032 BEARING BUSH 5x8x10 "WITHOUT
25 3029-041 O-RING ID=12 X d=4 MM BUNA N
26 4106-214 RING
27 3067-xxx FILTER IFL, xxx NM, 12 a)

a) Individual filter part numbers: replace xxx with the wavelength.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-19
Parts

8.3.3 Measuring unit - drive section

7 12

11
14

15
13
9
25 15
26
17 10
2
16

8
24
25
7

6
3 20
22
18
4 21
19
22
5 23

15

Fig.8-10 Drive section of the measuring unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-20 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-10: Drive section of the measuring unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. Measuring unit - rotor section par. 8.3.4


2 4509-247 HEATSINK BLOCK
3 3022-060 WASHER AISI M4 DIN 433
4 3023-098 SPRING WASHER M4 DIN 128A
5 3002-034 SCREW M4 X 45 ST. ELECTRO
PLATED DI
6 4509-172 PLATE
7 3002-028 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 6002-573 VERT. ARM MOTOR UNIT
9 3130-076 SPROCKET T2,5/15
10 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
11 4700-543 DISC, ENCODER
12 3004-204 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST DIN 965
13 4803-472 BRACKET
14 6001-900 ENCODER OPTO BOARD
15 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
16 3370-409 CLIP.CABLE.H4P
17 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
18 4803-381 BRACKET
19 3353-183 CONN. 37PM HDP-20 PLUG FOR
CRIMP CO
20 n.a. Nut 3370-525
21 n.a. Lock washer 3370-525
22 n.a. Washer 3370-525
23 3370-525 SCREWLOCKS FEMALE 4-40 UNC
24 3070-038 TUBE CLAMP
25 3004-210 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 965
26 3370-401 CLIP.CABLE.H1P

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-21
Parts

8.3.4 Measuring unit - rotor section

20

29
20

30

2
26

32
27

31
24

10

28
5
25

22
17

21
19

23
20
18
11
10
9
8
3
1

12

14
7

15

16
13
6
5
4

Fig.8-11 Rotor section of the measuring unit

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-22 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-11: Rotor section of the measuring unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3002-025 SCREW M3 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 7985


2 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
3 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
4 3002-005 SCREW M2 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
5 3022-005 WASHER ø 2.2 ST.ST. DIN 988
6 4501-466 BLOCK
7 6001-447 PHOTODIODE UNIT
8 4100-452 INNER STATOR
9 3750-007 SPRING
10 3060-053 LENS 8 MM F13,5
11 4105-193 BUSH
12 3029-049 O-RING ID=36 X d=2 MM BUNA N
13 4509-150 ROTOR 6001-465
14 3053-036 BEARING, BALL 40 X 62 X 16 MM 6001-465
15 3130-080 SPROCKET T2,5/90 6001-465
16 3064-017 TIMINGBELT 132T/T2,5/330
17 4509-151 STATOR
18 3376-280 BOARD, PC THERMISTOR 6001-822
19 3308-026 LINEAR THERMISTOR NETWORK 6001-822
5,7MV
20 3002-015 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
21 4509-170 BLOCK, INSULATION
22 3004-214 SCREW M3 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 965
23 6003-127 PELTIER ELEMENTS KIT
24 6001-821 ROTOR RESET BOARD
25 3029-040 O-RING ID=6 X d=1 MM BUNA N
26 4802-286 PLATE
27 6001-469 REFERENCE PHOTODIODE UNIT
28 3002-002 SCREW M2 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 7985
29 4802-256 PLATE
30 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798
31 3366-122 SOLDERTAG M3 1 LIPS
32 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-23
Parts

8.4 Pipettor

8.4.1 Pipettor (front)

26

25
27
25

22

21
14

18

19
17

23

20
15
17

14
22

21
16
1

21

5
2

9
3

6, 7

11, 12

13
10
8

Fig.8-12 Pipettor (front)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-24 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-12: Pipettor (front)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4509-169 PLATE
2 4800-331 FRONTPLATE DISPENSER
3 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985
4 3002-032 SCREW M4 X 35 ST.ST. DIN 7985
5 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 4501-597 CONNECTION BLOCK a)
7 3066-072 VALVE BLOCK a)
8 4107-079 SCREW
9 4105-215 BUSH
10 4107-065 KNOB FOR VALVE BLOCK
11 3066-155 SYRINGE LONG LIFE 100 μL b)
12 3066-156 SYRINGE LONG LIFE 1 ML b)
13 4107-066 KNOB FOR SYRINGE PLUNGER
14 4102-306 PIN, DRIVE
15 4501-424 CARRIAGE
16 3002-336 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 912
17 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
18 4100-411 DRIVE NUT
19 3053-001 BEARING, BALL 6 X 19 X 6 MM
20 3130-070 SPROCKET T2.5/25
21 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
22 3020-017 CIRCLIP 4 DIN 6799
23 4102-305 SHAFT, GUIDE
24 4802-227 VANE ON CARRIAGE
25 4102-304 SHAFT, GUIDE
26 4100-410 BUSH FOR GUIDE SHAFT
27 3750-033 SPRING

a) 4501-597 sample side; 3066-072 reagent side


b) 3066-155 sample syringe 100 μl; 3066-156 reagent syringe 1 ml

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-25
Parts

8.4.2 Pipettor (rear)

15

3
16
1

17
7
6

4
5

11
7

13
12
8

13
14

10
9

Fig.8-13 Pipettor (rear)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-26 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-13: Pipettor (rear)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4509-169 PLATE
2 6001-459 DISPENSER OPTO BOARD
3 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
4 3019-013 NUT M3 INSERT ST. (1.8)
5 6001-769 DISPENSER DRIVER BOARD
6 3381-053 OPTICAL SWITCH 1.5V/7.5MA 6001-769
7 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 6001-813 MOTOR, STEPPER 15 DEG. 5V/2.78A
9 3002-026 SCREW M4 X 8 ST ST. DIN 7985
10 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
11 3064-016 TIMINGBELT 80T/T2.5/200
12 3130-069 SPROCKET T2,5/24
13 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
14 6001-780 VALVE DRIVE UNIT par. 8.4.3
15 3002-029 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 7985
16 3023-010 WASHER,LOCK,ST.ST.M4 DIN 6798
17 3019-048 NUT M3 X 45

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-27
Parts

8.4.3 Pipettor (valve drive)

21

34
9

29
27

28
20

26

31
25

33
32
23

24

30
3

18
22

16
17
1

16

8
19
3

14
2

13
4

15
5
4
6
8

9
7

10

12
11

Fig.8-14 Pipettor (valve drive)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-28 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-14: Pipettor (valve drive)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4501-519 BLOCK
2 4102-303 SHAFT
3 3020-017 CIRCLIP 4 DIN 6799
4 3053-019 BEARING, BALL 5 X 11 X 4 MM
5 4100-409 BUSH
6 3022-018 SHIM RING ST.ST. PS5 X 7 X 0.1 MM
7 4501-422 BLOCK
8 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
9 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
10 4803-297 STRIP
11 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
12 4102-269 SHAFT
13 3130-062 GEAR
14 4106-203 DISC
15 3004-205 SCREW M2 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
16 3053-001 BEARING, BALL 6 X 19 X 6 MM
17 4100-408 BUSH
18 4102-302 SHAFT
19 3022-023 SHIM RING ST.ST. PS6 X 8 X 0,15 MM
20 4501-518 BLOCK (MOTOR UNIT)
21 3002-023 SCREW M3 X 20 ST.ST. DIN 7985
22 3008-041 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 914
23 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
24 3011-011 NUT M3 ST.ST. DIN 934
25 3002-001 SCREW M2 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
26 3022-005 WASHER ø 2.2 ST.ST. DIN 988
27 3053-002 BEARING, BALL 3 X 10 X 4 MM
28 4102-243 WORM (MOTOR ASSY'S)
29 3020-011 CIRCLIP 2.3 DIN 6799
30 3002-003 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
31 1513-050 TUBE, PVC 2 X 4 MM CLEAR a)
32 4802-329 PLATE
33 3363-620 MOTOR, 12VDC 20MA 7800 RPM
34 3002-307 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 912

a) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-29
Parts

8.5 Pipetting arms

8.5.1 Pipetting arm (main)

6
1

5
2

Fig.8-15 Main parts of pipetting arm

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-30 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-15: Pipetting arm (main)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4102-329 SHAFT
2 see Info Pipetting head par. 8.5.4
3 n.a. Vertical drive par. 8.5.2
4 n.a. Horizontal drive (swing) par. 8.5.3
5 3381-053 Home sensor for horizontal drive par. 8.5.3
6 n.a. Encoder board for horizontal drive par. 8.5.3

Info
i 6002-918 - Pipetting head cap assy (with wire bundle and cable guide).
6002-919 - Pipetting head assy (without cap).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-31
Parts

8.5.2 Vertical drive

27
28
7

22
26

24

23

21
25

19

20
18
16
15

18
17

7
6
12

9
11
12

5
14

12

13

10

1
3

Fig.8-16 Vertical drive for pipetting arm

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-32 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-16: Pipetting arm (vertical drive)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 6002-572 ARM MOTOR UNIT HOR./VERT.


2 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912
3 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
4 4802-331 PLATE
5 3002-027 SCREW M4 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 3130-075 SPROCKET T2,5/15
7 3008-024 SCREW M3 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
8 3064-019 TIMINGBELT 116T/T2.5/290
9 3105-007 ADJUSTING RING 8X16X8 DIN 705
10 3105-007 ADJUSTING RING 8X16X8 DIN 705 a)
11 3023-035 WASHER, SPRING 8 X 10 X 0.18
12 3022-042 SHIM RING ST. 8 X 14 X 1 MM DIN 98
13 4501-458 CARRIAGE
14 3022-032 SPRING
15 3004-210 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 965
16 4802-240 VANE
17 4753-009 CLIP
18 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
19 3011-011 NUT M3 ST.ST. DIN 934
20 3002-306 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 912
21 3105-006 ADJUSTING RING 5X10X6 DIN 705
22 3105-006 ADJUSTING RING 5X10X6 DIN 705 a)
23 4102-331 SHAFT
24 4105-183 BUSH
25 4501-461 BLOCK b)
26 3002-026 SCREW M4 X 8 ST ST. DIN 7985
27 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
28 6001-888 ARM RESET BOARD

a) Screw delivered together with the clamp ring.


b) Ball bearing 3053-001 is glued in.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-33
Parts

8.5.3 Horizontal drive

10
25

24
10
26

4
23

4
7

22
10

20
17

18
14

15

16

14

21
19
4
5

11

12
2

9
6
1

13
10
7
8
3

Fig.8-17 Horizontal drive for pipetting arm

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-34 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-17: Pipetting arm (horizontal drive)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 6001-900 ENCODER OPTO BOARD


2 4803-481 BRACKET
3 3019-011 NUT M3
4 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
5 3002-030 SCREW M4 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 6002-572 ARM MOTOR UNIT HOR./VERT.
7 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912
8 3002-015 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
9 3130-076 SPROCKET T2,5/15
10 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
11 3064-017 TIMINGBELT 132T/T2,5/330
12 4700-543 DISC, ENCODER
13 3004-204 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST DIN 965
14 3106-113 BEARING BUSH 8 X 10 X 12
15 4105-196 BUSH
16 3029-017 O-RING ID=12 X d=1.5 MM BUNA N
17 3106-114 BEARING BUSH
18 4501-456 BLOCK
19 6001-449 CLAMP ASSY
20 3008-033 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 913
21 4105-197 BUSH
22 3381-053 OPTICAL SWITCH 1.5V/7.5MA
23 4802-239 VANE
24 4106-227 RING
25 3130-093 SPROCKET T2,5/90
26 4501-457 BLOCK

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-35
Parts

8.5.4 Pipetting head

4
31

32
17

8 15
16
33 7 9
19 14

6 13

3 12
34

20 18

27

35 10
30 5
36 29 2
25 21
26 24

28 11

22
23

30

Fig.8-18 Pipetting head

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-36 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-18: Pipetting head

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3070-491 CAP
2 4509-250 BRACKET
3 4100-459 SCREW
4 3004-204 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST DIN 965
5 4106-192 RING
6 4100-517 PROP
7 3004-229 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 965
8 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
9 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
10 6002-939 NEEDLE UNIT
11 3053-037 BEARING, BALL 2.5 X 6 X 2.6 MM
12 3750-056 SPRING COMPRESSION
13 6003-081 SOLDERTAG
14 4107-092 SCREW
15 4106-278 RING
16 3008-021 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 916
17 3374-244 LLD WIRE ASSY REAGENT ARM
18 3352-015 CONN. 6PF HOUSING
19 3355-004 PLUG,G2033 RETENTION
20 6001-995 ARM BOARD WITH OPTO
21 4105-302 BUSH
22 3002-002 SCREW M2 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 7985
23 3002-003 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
24 4509-181 BLOCK
25 4509-179 BLOCK
26 3750-058 SPRING COMPRESSION
27 4802-444 VANE
28 3030-009 DOWEL PIN 2M6 X 14 DIN 7 AISI
29 3022-005 WASHER ø 2.2 ST.ST. DIN 988
30 3002-001 SCREW M2 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
31 4802-344 SILICON SEALING RING
32 3751-029 EXTENSION SPRING
33 4104-128 PIPE
34 3070-572 WORK TABLE PLUG
35 3022-035 WASHER ST.ST. 8.4 DIN433
36 3011-027 NUT M8 STEEL ZINC PLATED

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-37
Parts

8.6 Water and waste system

8.6.1 Pumps and valves (main)

13
1

10

12
11
3
18
8
7
22
23

4
20 19

21

14
15
6
5

17
7

16
2
24

25

26

Fig.8-19 Pumps and valves (main parts)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-38 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-19: Pumps and valves (main)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 6002-758 VALVES AND COLLECTING CASK par. 8.6.6


ASSY
2 6002-754 VACUUM TUBE ASSY par. 8.6.2
3 6002-762 VACUUM SWITCH ASSY par. 8.6.2
4 6002-755 VACUUM PUMP ASSY par. 8.6.2
5 6001-768 VALVE BOARD
6 4502-359 BEAM
7 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 3002-307 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 912
9 6001-881 WATER PUMP ASSY
10 3374-174 WATER PUMP CABLE
11 1513-051 TUBE, PVC 4 X 6 MM CLEAR a)
12 3366-087 SOCKET
13 3002-322 SCREW M3 X 40 ST.ST. DIN 912
14 3370-053 FEED THROUGH
15 4105-130 BUSH
16 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
17 3105-032 BUSH 3.1X5X5MM
18 3002-020 SCREW M3 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
19 3002-030 SCREW M4 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
20 3370-063 FEED THROUGH
21 3002-025 SCREW M3 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 7985
22 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
23 3370-409 CLIP.CABLE.H4P
24 4800-347 SEPARATION PLATE
25 3370-750 PROTECTION STRIP
26 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985

a) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-39
Parts

8.6.2 Pumps and valves (details)

24
4
19
18

20

22
21

23
8

14
12

13
15

15

16
11

7
7

17
10

5
4
1

6
3

Fig.8-20 Pumps and valves (details)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-40 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-20: Pumps and valves (details)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3344-004 SWITCH, VACUUM


2 3002-320 SCREW M3 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 912
3 4803-562 BRACKET
4 1513-051 TUBE, PVC 4 X 6 MM CLEAR a)
5 3066-087 SOCKET NYLON WIT
6 3374-197 VACUUM SWITCH CABLE
7 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 3002-020 SCREW M3 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
9 3105-032 BUSH 3.1X5X5MM
10 3019-013 NUT M3 INSERT ST. (1.8)
11 4803-398 BRACKET
12 4100-478 PROP
13 4100-479 PROP
14 4104-091 PIPE
15 3029-010 O-RING ID=32.92 X d=3.53 MM BUNA
N
16 3370-403 CLIP.CABLE.H2P
17 3066-052 TUBE SCREW CONN. 3/32"/1.8MM
18 3070-018 BUFFER
19 3002-029 SCREW M4 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 7985
20 4802-431 PLATE
21 3029-079 O-RING ID=40MM d=7MM
22 6002-755 VACUUM PUMP ASSY
23 3350-138 CONN. 2PF HOUSING MOD 1
24 3066-092 TUBE ELBOW 5.9MM

a) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-41
Parts

8.6.3 Bellows pump (mechanical parts)

29
30
31

17
28

27
26
33

18
32
10
11
8

24
23
34

22
25

19

20

21
6

17
18
12
7

16

17
14 13
15
3

13 14
4

12
2

12
10
9
5

Fig.8-21 Bellows pump (mechanical parts)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-42 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-21: Bellows pump (mechanical parts)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4802-253 PLATE
2 4509-122 CAP
3 4501-565 PLATE
4 4802-251 PLATE
5 3002-026 SCREW M4 X 8 ST ST. DIN 7985
6 3106-016 BEARING BUSH
7 3002-020 SCREW M3 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
8 4102-246 PLUG
9 4502-291 BEAM
10 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
11 3022-030 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 9021A
12 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
13 3002-001 SCREW M2 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985
14 3022-005 WASHER ø 2.2 ST.ST. DIN 988
15 4802-252 PLATE
16 4100-532 BUSH
17 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
18 3053-025 BEARING, BALL 6 X 15 X 5 MM
19 4501-464 BLOCK
20 3381-053 OPTICAL SWITCH 1.5V/7.5MA
21 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985
22 4105-192 BUSH
23 3020-020 CIRCLIP 5 DIN 6799
24 4102-352 SHAFT
25 6001-831 MOTOR, BELLOWS
26 4802-254 PLATE
27 3004-212 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 965
28 3064-018 TIMINGBELT 64T/T2,5/160
29 3130-081 SPROCKET
30 3002-028 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 7985
31 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
32 4100-347 BELLOWS
33 3029-039 O-RING ID=24 X d=2 MM BUNA N
34 3019-014 NUT M4 INSERT ST. (1.8)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-43
Parts

8.6.4 Bellows pump (valves and tubing)

21

13 19
17

14

20

18

11
16
12
15 11

11
11

8
7

10
3

9 2

4 6

Fig.8-22 Bellows pump (valves and tubing)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-44 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-22: Bellows pump (valves and tubing)

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 6001-839 BELLOWS PUMP (mechanical part) par. 8.6.3


2 4803-585 BASE PLATE
3 3002-026 SCREW M4 X 8 ST ST. DIN 7985 a)
4 6001-768 VALVE BOARD
5 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 3019-007 NUT M3 BRASS (HEIGHT 10 MM)
7 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798
8 3002-306 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 912
9 3355-002 KEYING PLUG
10 3374-199 VALVES CABLE
11 1513-052 TUBE, PVC 1.5 X 3.5 MM CLEAR b)
12 3066-118 TUBE CONNECTOR NYLON 2.7MM
13 3066-107 NUT NYLON BLUE
14 3066-128 HOSE CONN. (PP)
15 3066-117 TUBE CONN. T-PIECE 2.7MM
16 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
17 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
18 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
19 4803-584 BRACKET
20 4107-093 SCREW
21 3002-015 SCREW M3 X 4 ST.ST. DIN 7985

a) Screwed into the frame of the bellows pump unit.


b) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.
c) Comes as one piece.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-45
Parts

8.6.5 Water cask

12 13
14

11

10
8

6 5

Fig.8-23 Water cask

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-46 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-23: Water cask

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4100-527 BUSH
2 4100-558 PROP
3 4100-492 PROP
4 3029-020 O-RING ID=60.05 X d=1.7 MM BUNA
N
5 3002-013 SCREW M2,5 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
6 3004-226 SCREW M4 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
7 3066-052 TUBE SCREW CONN. 3/32"/1.8MM
8 3344-015 SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL N.O. a)
9 3344-015 SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL N.O. a)
10 3020-027 CIRCLIP 7 DIN 6799 RVS
11 4100-531 BUSH
12 3344-015 SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL N.O. a)
13 3350-107 CONN. 1PM CRIMP CONTACT
14 3352-019 CONN. 6PF HOUSING

a) Comes as one part. Shorten cables to 100 mm.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-47
Parts

8.6.6 Collecting cask

6
2

8 7

8 1

9
5
10
3

22 21
11 15
17

12 13 13

18 16
14

19
20

Fig.8-24 Collecting cask

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-48 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-24: Collecting cask

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4501-566 BLOCK
2 4501-565 PLATE
3 3366-918 VALVE 2/2 WAY 12VDC/5W
4 4501-564 PLATE
5 3004-019 SCREW M3 X 70 ST.ZINC PLATED
DIN 96
6 3019-013 NUT M3 INSERT ST. (1.8)
7 3029-058 O-RING ID=16 X d=2 MM VITON
8 3066-111 TUBE CONN. FEMALE / 10/32"
9 3029-060 O-RING ID=7 X d=1 MM VITON
10 6001-733 CONNECTOR ASSY
11 3066-090 TUBE SCREW CONN. 10/32"/5.9M
12 3350-138 CONN. 2PF HOUSING MOD 1 a)
13 1513-051 TUBE, PVC 4 X 6 MM CLEAR b)
14 3066-092 TUBE ELBOW 5.9MM
15 3105-028 BUSH
16 3002-021 SCREW M3 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 7985
17 3004-210 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 965
18 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
19 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
20 3366-920 VALVE 3-WAY 12VDC/4W c)
21 3070-038 TUBE CLAMP
22 4803-586 BRACKET

a) Snap-in crimp contacts 3350-033 not shown.


b) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.
c) Comes as one piece.

Info
i The collecting cask, including all above parts except the 3-way valves (3366-
920) can be ordered as one assy 6002-761.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-49
Parts

8.6.7 Water and diluted waste containers

14
15
16

25
2

4 26
17
3
5 21

6 22
5 18
7
23
8 24
19 20
6

12
11
10
9

1
27

28

13

Fig.8-25 Water and diluted waste containers

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-50 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-25: Water and diluted waste containers

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3062-057 CONTAINER 2-LITER


2 4100-548 CAP a)
3 4100-703 PROP 6002-765
4 3820-262 STICKER WATER
5 4104-080 PIPE 6002-765
6 1513-050 TUBE, PVC 2 X 4 MM CLEAR b)
7 3066-093 TUBE CONN. MALE/3.6MM 6002-765
8 3066-107 NUT NYLON BLUE 6002-765
9 3066-052 TUBE SCREW CONN. 3/32"/1.8MM
10 4105-228 BUSH
11 4105-228 BUSH
12 3066-083 WATER FILTER
13 3820-266 STICKER "WATER"
14 3820-261 STICKER DILUTED WASTE
15 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965 6002-766
16 4100-669 CAP 6002-766
17 4100-800 PROP 6002-766
18 3344-016 SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL N.C. 6002-766
19 3344-016 SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL N.C. 6002-766
20 3020-027 CIRCLIP 7 DIN 6799 RVS 6002-766
21 4104-104 PIPE 6002-766
22 1513-051 TUBE, PVC 4 X 6 MM CLEAR b)
23 3066-094 TUBE CONN. MALE/6.4MM
24 3066-105 NUT NYLON RED
25 3351-028 CONN. 3PF CABLE 6002-766
26 3351-028 CONN. 3PF CABLE 6002-766
27 3820-364 STICKER "BIOHAZARD"
28 3820-265 STICKER DILUTED WASTE

a) Included in 6002-765 (water container) and 6002-766 (diluted waste container)


b) Tubing supplied in standard length. Cut to required length.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-51
Parts

8.7 Other parts

8.7.1 Panels

13
5

11

12
6
4

7
3

8
10

9
1

Fig.8-26 Panel set (shown with basic frame)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-52 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-26: Panel set

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 5000-279 PANEL BACK 2


2 4803-612 SKIRT
3 4800-463 PANEL TOP 2
4 4800-430 PANEL RIGHT
5 4800-464 PANEL FRONT 3
6 4800-467 PANEL RIGHT 2
7 4800-466 PANEL LEFT 2
8 4800-435 ISE PANEL
9 4800-433 PANEL TOP 2
10 4800-434 PANEL BACK LEFT
11 4800-420 COVER PLATE
12 4800-419 COVER
13 4800-465 FRONT PANEL

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-53
Parts

8.7.2 6 Worktables

1
3
9

4
8
7
5

10

Fig.8-27 Worktables

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-54 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-27: Worktables

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4800-465 FRONT PANEL


2 4800-466 PANEL LEFT 2
3 4800-467 PANEL RIGHT 2
4 4800-420 COVER PLATE
5 6002-780 CUVETTE COVER ASSY par. 8.7.3
6 6003-516 REAGENT LID ASSY par. 8.7.3
7 4104-129 PIPE
8 4100-839 CAP
9 6003-524 WORKING TABLE
10 3070-571 WORKING TABLE BACK

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-55
Parts

8.7.3 Rotor covers

1
11

3
14
5
4
15
6 13
12
7

16 23
8 19
17
9 18 22
19 21
21
10

20

Fig.8-28 Rotor covers

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-56 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-28: Rotor covers

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3070-520 COVER
2 n.a. HEATING ELEMENT 6002-350
3 n.a. BLOCK 6002-350
4 3002-234 SCREW 3 X 20 PLASTITE
5 4100-515 UPPER WEIGHT
6 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
7 4100-516 WEIGHT DISC
8 4106-275 RING
9 4100-483 WEIGHT
10 3004-261 SCREW 3 X 12 PLASTITE
11 n.a. REAGENT LID 6003-521
12 3011-016 NUT M4 ST.ST. DIN 934
13 3002-156 SCREW M4 X 16 PLASTITE
14 4502-447 HINGE BEAM
15 3004-272 SCREW 4 X 16 PLASTITE
16 3004-230 SCREW M4 X 20 ST.ST. DIN 965
17 4803-594 BRACKET
18 3105-037 BUSH NYLON
19 4502-448 BEAM
20 4102-380 SHAFT
21 3753-022 SPRING
22 3106-116 BUSH
23 3002-333 SCREW M4 X 12 ST.ST. DIN 912

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-57
Parts

8.7.4 Power and electronics section

19 12

2
17
13 11 15
11
18

1 16
14
10

9
7

4
5

Fig.8-29 Power supply and electronic boards

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-58 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-29: Power and electronics section

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 3359-048 POWER SUPPLY PT535


2 4800-304 COVER
3 3363-415 FAN 12V/1.0W 26DB 21 M3/H
4 3370-053 FEED THROUGH
5 3002-255 SCREW M4 X 12 DUO-TAPTITE
6 6002-783 PLL BOARD
7 4800-352 LLD BRACKET
8 4502-444 BEAM
9 4102-379 SHAFT
10 3002-343 SCREW M4 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 912
11 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
12 4800-450 BRACKET
13 4502-352 BEAM
14 n.a. Electronic board a)
15 4501-513 BLOCK
16 3002-018 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 7985
17 3002-021 SCREW M3 X 16 ST.ST. DIN 7985
18 4802-324 BRACKET
19 4803-593 BRACKET

a) Different electronic boards are fitted on the brackets. See par. 9.1.2.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-59
Parts

8.7.5 ISE needle

10

24 11

4 3

6 5
17
23

22

18 2
7

14
19
15
16
20 12
8 13

21

Fig.8-30 ISE needle

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-60 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-30: ISE needle

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 n.a. Stirrer unit par. 8.2.4


2 6001-773 STIRRER DRIVER BOARD
3 3366-301 SOLENOID, ROTARY 30VDC
4 3053-204 BALL SLIDE ASSEMBLY
5 3053-204 BALL SLIDE ASSEMBLY
6 4509-163 HOLDER, NEEDLE
7 4509-165 PLATE
8 4501-511 LEVER
9 3751-024 SPRING
10 3009-048 SCREW, KNURLED TUMB LOW
11 4805-571 BRACKET
12 3370-401 CLIP.CABLE.H1P
13 3004-210 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 965
14 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
15 3023-006 WASHER,LOCK J 3.2 DIN 6798
16 3002-016 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
17 3004-203 SCREW M2 X 5 ST.ST DIN 965
18 4100-650 PEN
19 3029-001 O-RING ID=2.9 X d=1.78 MM
20 3004-007 SCREW M2 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 963
21 3008-040 SCREW M4 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 913
22 3002-002 SCREW M2 X 5 ST.ST. DIN 7985
23 3023-003 WASHER,LOCK J 2.2 DIN 6798
24 4104-083 PIPE

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-61
Parts

8.7.6 ISE unit

30

11
30

12
32

30

13
28
9

15

14
29

31
27
7

16
33
5

17
1
6

26
8

25
2

10

18
34

21
21

20
4

19
3
4

22
23

24

Fig.8-31 ISE unit (without tubing and electrodes)

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-62 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-31: ISE unit

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4800-455 BASEPLATE ISE


2 6002-555 MOTOR
3 6002-554 ROLLER CAGE
4 3008-030 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 913
5 4100-787 TUBE CLAMP
6 3004-212 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 965
7 6002-558 BUBBLE DETECTOR
8 3002-309 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 912
9 3366-923 PINCH VALVE
10 4802-456 PUMP BRACKET
11 4803-578 EMC PLATE
12 6002-992 FAN ASSEMBLY
13 4803-598 BRACKET
14 3002-343 SCREW M4 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 912
15 3011-016 NUT M4 ST.ST. DIN 934
16 4501-608 HOLDER
17 3367-111 MAIN BOARD ISE
18 4802-437 SEALING PLATE
19 4509-249 ISE ELECTRODE HOLDER
20 3900-049 GROUND ELECTRODE
21 4502-442 STUD
22 4802-436 PCB COVER
23 4803-580 ELECTRODE COVER
24 3019-109 KNURLED NUT M3 WITH COLLAR
25 3066-164 PANEL MOUNT REDUCTION
CONNECTOR
26 3066-097 LOCK NUT STEEL
27 4100-849 BUSH
28 4502-441 PCB BEAM
29 3019-027 NUT M6 X 0,75 (HEIGHT 3 MM)
30 3002-306 SCREW M3 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 912
31 3002-307 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 912
32 3366-924 PINCH VALVE
33 4104-126 PIPE
34 3009-029 SCREW 40X5 UNC-4

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-63
Parts

8.7.7 PSID scanner

11
3
12

2
9

10
7

4
5

15
1

16
6

17
13
8

14
7

6
6
6

Fig.8-32 PSID scanner

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-64 6003-500-450-01
Parts

Table 8-32: PSID scanner

Pos Part nr Description Order Notes

1 4509-219 HOLDING BLOCK


2 4802-457 SCANNER PLATE
3 3365-169 BARCODE SCANNER
4 4803-664 MIRROR BRACKET
5 3060-072 MIRROR
6 3011-011 NUT M3 ST.ST. DIN 934
7 3022-030 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 9021A
8 3029-085 0-RING ID=6MM d=2 MM NBR
9 3002-019 SCREW M3 X 10 ST.ST. DIN 7985
10 3004-211 SCREW M3 X 8 ST.ST. DIN 965
11 3002-011 SCREW M2.5 X 6 ST.ST. DIN 7985
12 3004-218 SCREW M3 X 30 ST.ST. DIN 965
13 3750-065 COMPRESSION SPRING ALCOMEX
14 3022-010 WASHER 3.2 ST.ST. DIN 125A
15 3008-055 SCREW M4 X 20 ST.ST. DIN 914
16 3022-015 WASHER 4.3 ST.ST. DIN 125A
17 3011-016 NUT M4 ST.ST. DIN 934

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 8-65
Parts

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
8-66 6003-500-450-01
9

Electronics

This chapter contains PCB layouts and electrical diagrams of the main electronic boards in
the instrument. For electronic boards that are servicable, parts lists are included.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-1
Electronics

9.1 Introduction

9.1.1 Servicing of electronic boards

This chapter includes PCB layouts and electronic diagrams of the control boards in the
analyzer. In some cases, an electronic parts list is also included. The information is mainly
given to help you find the cause of a malfunction.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


Take all necessary precautions when accessing the electronic boards for
diagnostic measurements. Be aware of static electricity, which may seriously
damage components.

In principle, the information in this chapter allows servicing control boards on the component
level. However, repairing PCB’s is not a simple task and may lead to unsuspected damages
to sensitive components. It is recommended to exchange defective boards rather than try to
repair them.

Info
i Many boards in the Selectra ProS contain SMD components. These boards
cannot be serviced without specialist equipment, if this can be done at all.
Therefore, parts lists for these boards are not included in this manual and
components for these boards cannot be ordered from Vital Scientific.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Trying to repair SMD components on PCB’s voids any warranty on these
boards.

NOTICE

HANDLE WITH CARE


Take all necessary precautions when repairing non-SMD components on
PCB’s. Avoid overheating when soldering components.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-2 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

9.1.2 Location of main control boards

1 Electronic boards 2 Power supply cover 3 Support bracket

Fig.9-1 Electronics in the back of the Selectra ProS


The main part of the electrical system is positioned in the back of the analyzer. The various
boards are placed over the power supply. They can easily be swivelled out of the analyzer for
servicing. The location of the boards in the Selectra ProS is shown below.

Pos Function Part nr

A1 Motion control board for pipettor 6003-375


A2 Motion control board for cuvette rotor + filter wheel 6003-375
A3 Photometer board 6003-068
A4 Temperature control board 6003-220
A5 System board 6002-773
A6 Motion control board for pipetting arm 6003-375
A7 Motion control board for reagent / sample rotor 6003-375
A8 Motion control board for wash arm + bellows pump 6003-375

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-3
Electronics

9.1.3 Locations of other boards

Ambient board

The ambient board is mounted inside the left corner compartment. This is the
compartment that is used for the optional ISE module.

LLD board

The LLD board is mounted below the working table, against the back wall of the
measurement compartment.

Valve boards

The valve boards are mounted inside the back compartment, against the back wall of the
pumps and valves unit.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-4 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

Dispenser driver board

The dispenser driver board is mounted inside the right compartment, in the back of the
pipettor unit.

ISE / stirrer board

The ISE/stirrer board is mounted in the main compartment, on the side of the stirrer unit.

Cooling unit board

The cooling unit board is mounted in the main compartment, below the cooling body of the
rotor.

Info
i The cooling unit board cannot be accessed from the top. The image is only
intended to indicate the position of the board and does not show the base of
the rotor that covers the cooling unit board.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-5
Electronics

PSID interface board

The PSID interface board is plugged into a connector on the MCB that drives the reagent /
sample rotor.

PSID scanner board

The PSID scanner board is located on a mounting block behind the reagent / sample rotor.

Info
i The PSID scanner board has two identical connectors. When replacing the
scanner unit, make sure to connect the cables in the correct positions. The
bottom connector [PL1] has 3 wires; the top connector [PL2] has 2 wires.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-6 6003-500-450-01
9.2
8001-459
DISPENSER OPTO BOARD 3374-352
wh
2 1
2 2 X1 4 1 X5
+ D wh/ye 8003-375 1
DOWN 12 12
20
REAGENS E + 4 rd 4

+ D 10 bn 10 1 4 1
RESET X2 6 X6
REAGENS E + X9
PL8
+ D 8 vt 8

S E L E C T R A PRO
DOWN 11

S
1 X7 6 1
SAMPLE E + X3 12 2 37 19
+ D gy
6 6
RESET E +
SAMPLE bk 21 1 3 1
9 9 X8
P L1 X4 22 2
X3 X3

gy
4
rd 8001-769 1 2
3 X10 1 6 X11
Wiring diagrams

X15
PL2
REAGENT SYRINGE
MOTOR yl 2 1
2 1 3 X13
bk
1 3374-337
X12
X1 bk
1
gy wh
4 3 15 1 2 1
rd 3 PL5 2 bu
A5 /PL2 X14 16 2
X16
5 bn see page 3/6
4 vt
SAMPLE SYRINGE PL4
MOTOR X2
yl 2

6003-500-450-01
bk 1

A1-MOTION CONTROL BOARD


X1

3374-336
3374-167 1 Optical s witch
2 rd/bk
1 1
PL1 2 rd/wh 2

DISPENSER DRIVER BOARD


+ 3
gn/bn
3
PL1
wh gn/wh
3 4 4
- bk X1
4
X6 rd/bk
PL3 19 1
rd/wh
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 6)

REAGENS 20 2
gn/bn PL2
VALVE 21 3
gn/wh
22 4
X1

E + rd
VALVE NEEDLE 5 1
bk 8
D 11
+ bu
14 3
vt
15 4
E + og 10
16 PL6
VALVE WATER wh/rd 10
11
18
D bk 11
12
+ 6
X4 X3

9-7
Electronics
VACUUM

9-8
SWITCH V 14

3374-197 3374-143
PUMP 8001-831

gy
bk
bk

bk
Electronics

UP DOWN WATERPUMP
3 4 1 2
X7

D
D
X5

+
PL3 PL2
bk 2

E
E

+
+
V 13 PL10
bk 1
X5
8001-790
3374-143 bk 2
3374-184
V5 P L9
bk 1
X5

rd
vt

bn
wh

rd
bk
gy
bu
gn/wh

gn
wh

bk
rd

rd/wh
3374-143 VACUUM VALVE BOARD
bk 2
81 25 73 46 231546
X3 X7 V4 P L8
PL12 PL3
2 bk 1
PL10 X5
1
X5 bk 2
V3
3374-199 P L7
bk 2 bk
1
V7 PL9 X5
bk 1 8001-768
X5 3374-143 bk
2
V2 P L6
3374-199 bk BELLOWS VALVES BOARD bk 1
2
V8 PL8 X5
bk 1
X5 3374-143 bk 2

6003-500-450-01
3374-199 V1 P L5
bk 2 bk
1
V9 PL7 X5 P L4
bk 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12
X5 X3
wh/gy
wh/gn
wh/rd
gy

wh/og
bk/rd
bk

wh/ye
wh/vt
bk

3374-199 bk 3374-349
2
V10 PL6
bk 1
X5 A5 PL12
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 2 of 6)

see page 3/6

PL11 PL4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 12
X3 X3

wh/rd
wh/ye
wh/gy
wh/og
wh/gn
wh/vt
bk

rd/wh
gn/bn
gn/wh

rd/bk

vt
wh
bk

rd
rd
bu
bn
gy
3374-347 3374-348

12345678 1234
A5 PL13
PL 6 X3 PL 2 X1 See page 3/6

A8-MOTION CONTROL BOARD

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3374-348
rd wh/rd A5 SystemB A6 MCB
1 1 see page 3/6 see page 5/6
ISE Sipperarm bu 2 P L1 2 wh/ye
wh/vt 3 wh/gy
driver board 3
wh/og 4 wh/og bellows valves
see page 4/6 P L13 4
bk 6 5 wh/gn see page 2/6
X2 6 wh/vt
12 bk
bk/ye
7 3374-348

rd/ye
wh/gn
wh/ye

bk/ye
bk
PLL Board

rd
bk
bk
og
rd/ye 3374-345
8 bk see page 3/6
8002-773
M FAN X3 11
+ wh/vt 3374-349
- 12V 1
2 wh/ye 5 6 7 1 3 4 8 10 12 1 3 4 6 5
3374-346 X3 X2

S E L E C T R A PRO
3 wh/gy PL4 PL2

rd
bu

S
4 wh/og gy 1
4 2 wh/gn A4- TEMP. gy 2
P L12 5 vacuum valves bk 4 PL5 PLL BOARD
K8 6 wh/rd BOARD vt 5
gy see page 2/6 see page 5/6 vt 6 8002-783
7
ISE 3374-354 P L8 bk/rd X2
INTERFACE 10 PL1
rd bk TAB2 PL3 TAB1
SE UNIT BOARD 5 5 11
wh/vt bk 275618394 275618394
4 4 12
wh X3 X15 X15

10

10
P L2 2 3
bu

wh
K 10 3 2 3374-340
P L4 bk
1 1 8002-918
X2 X2 3374-350

1.....

1.....
3367-095 wh/ye
4 see page 4/6 1 30 1
3374-211 wh/gy pump valves
8003-531 5
P L10 10 wh/rd see page 4/6
12 bk
7 bn
5
8 vt 1 PL WS
11 bk 6
X3
see page 4/6
X10 8001-995
ARM BOARD
wh/ye bn 3374-353 bn PL2 PL1
1 1 5 gy
3374-344 wh/gy 12 1 rd
2 bk 6 wh gy 11 2 rd

A5-SYSTEM BOARD
wh/og P L7 2 vt bn vt 9 3 ye
A4-PL7 3 3 1 vt ye
wh/gn 7 4
See page 5/6 4 P L11 bk wh rd 1
4 2
wh/vt OC 1
5 X1 X10 wh/ye 4
bk 6 bk 8 5
wh/gn 6 REAGENT NEEDLE
3374-343 og 6 wh/gn
X2 5 T1

6003-500-450-01
wh X3 X3
1 1
2 gy 2
3374-340 3 bu 3
1
wh 4 vt 4
13 1 bn 8003-068
See page 4/6 32 bk 5 5
2 P L6 bk wh
33 bn 6 6
3 wh/ye Peltier heat exchanger
P L3 7 7 P L1
1 X1 wh/gy 3374-182 3374-202
8 8
9 wh/og 9
10 wh/gn 10
11 wh/vt 11
A6-PL5 (p 5/6) 3374-338 12 wh/rd 12
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 3 of 6)

A7-PL5 (p 4/6) P L4 ye/rd 8001-786


13 13
A8-PL5 (p 5/6) 14 ye/bk 14
X14 bk
Water Cask
16 16
X14 X14

A6-PHOTOMETER BOARD
3374-337
A1-PL5 (p 1/6) P L4 P L3
A2-PL5 (p 5/6) P L2
X14

3374-226 3374-225
P L9
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X3
3374-351

bn
gy
vt

wh
bu
bk
wh/gy
3 2 6 5 4 8 7
X15 MEASURING REFERENCE
PHOTO CELL PHOTO CELL

6002-779
Panel PC

9-9
Electronics
3374-182

9-10
3374-340

5
gn/bn 36 gn/bn 3
4
gn/wh 37 gn/wh 4
6
3374-338
- 12V bk 2
Electronics

PL1 VACUUM
DISC MOTOR 1 bk M PL2
PUMP rd
wh + 1
3 8001-791
X5
PL5 2 bu A5 - PL4
2 rd/wh 35
rd/wh 2 bn see page 3/6 3374-174
5 - bk
3 2
rd/bk rd/bk 4 vt WATER
1 34 1 PUMP M PL9
X1 X2 wh 1

+
X10
X5
rd rd
+ 7 4 8003-375 PUMP VALVE
E bk 10 bk 9
RESET PL8 BOARD
wh wh PL1 SPI to RS232 board
+ 9 1 PL10 2
D bu bu see page 5/6
8 8 PL7
X3 1
rd rd 2 X5
+ 14
E bk 19 bk 8
3374-143 bk
DIR B 2
+
D bn bn V 12 PL8
17 4
bk 1
rd rd PL7
+ 15 1 X5 PL4
E gy gy 4 5 10 12
DIR A 18 5 X3
+
D bu bu
16 3
wh/rd
bk

wh/ye

3374-350
wh/gy

X3

12V A5 PL10

+
A7 – MOTION CONTROL BOARD
DIRrdB 1 see page 3/6
FAN M K6
REAGENT
bu 2
-
X11
12V 3374-257
COOLING UNIT

+
gn 1
BOARD wh
COOLING 1 13 A5 – PL6
M bk K5 K2 3 bk 32
PUMP 2 bn see page 3/6
- 2 33
X11
rd X12 PL WS Glass cover switch
1 wh/vt
K3 1
bk 2 bk

6003-500-450-01
see page 3/6 6
X13 Temp_sensor
rd 1 5 wh/gn
bk
K 10 Waste switch
2 X10
X13
8003-007 3374-196

PLL Board TAB2


wh see page 3/6
30

gn gn/bn
3 3
wh 6
gn/wh gn/wh
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 4 of 6)

4 4

WASH ARM PL1


MOTOR

rd/wh 2 rd/wh 2
bk 5
rd/bk 1 rd/bk 1 X1
X10
ye s p1 og
ISE ARM og 20
8001-773 10 2
SOLENOID ye 6 bk 21 bk
s p2 5
4 bk 22 bk PL4
ye 6
ye 28
A8 – MOTION CONTROL BOARD

PL1 11 ye ye 3
s p3 12 29 4
s p4
X1
rd
9 23
1 wh/vt 24
wh/og A5-PL1
3 vt 25 see page 3/6
wh/gn s p5 26
7 bk
STIRRER M bk s p6 8 27

ISE SIPPER/STIRRER
DRIVER BOARD
X3
1 X9 1

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
3374-335 3374-339
gn/bn gn/bn 8003-375
8002-779 3374-341 5 36 3
8003-375 4 gn/wh 3374-338
rd rd 6 gn/wh 4
15 3 37 PL1
+ E bk bk
ARM rd/bk 34 rd/bk
22 9 1 1 bk
FILTERWHEEL HOR. MOTOR 3
1
rd/wh rd/wh 2 wh
RESET wh wh 2 35 3
21 7 X1
D + bn bn X10 bu
18 12 PL5 2 A5-PL4
rd rd 4
PL8
16 gn/bn gn/bn bn see page 3/6
MEASURING DISC + E vt vt 5 3 3 5
20 5
4 gn/wh gn/wh 4 vt
RESET gy gy ARM 6 4 4
PL2
19 1 rd/wh rd/wh X2
D + bu bu VERT. MOTOR 2 2 2
17 8 3
rd 24 rd rd/bk rd/bk
2 X3 1 1 1
+ E bk 30 bk X1
MEASURING DISC 8

S E L E C T R A PRO
X10
rd rd

S
DIR A wh wh 15 2
+ 29 7 + E bk bk
D bu bu 19 8 3374-345
25 3 rd
rd 23 rd 1 DIR. A 1
MEASURING DISC + E vt PL7 + 7 3 wh/gn
28 vt 6 D bu 16 bu 3 PL7 wh/ye
rd rd 4
DIR B 14 1 PL6 bk
gy gy + E 8
27 5 6 og
D + 3374-337 10
bn 26 bn 4 DIR. B gy gy 12 bk
18 5
+
A6-MOTION CONTROL BOARD
wh/gn 1 rd/bk X3 1 bk D bn 17 bn 4 X3 PLL. Board
1 rd rd X3
wh 31 4 see page 3/6
3 + E bk 22 bk 9
gn 2 wh/rd 2
PL5 2 bu A5-PL2 RES. HOR.
see page 3/6 wh 21 wh 7
bn D + bu bu
5 rd 32 8 PL8
FILTERWHEEL 23 rd 3
4 vt + E vt vt
MOTOR 26 5
PL2 RES.VERT. gy gy
X2 + 25 1
D bn 24 bn 12
wh/rd gn/bn 3 X3
3
8001-882
rd wh/gn 4 gy 3374-338
4 D 11 1
+ 2 gy bu bu

A2-MOTION CONTROL BOARD


X1 HIGH 8 8 8
E rd rd bk
gn gn/bn + 4 7 4 1
36 3 + D vt vt 3 wh
wh 32 UP 6 12 6
gn/wh gn/wh E bu
37 4 + PL1 PL5 2 A5-PL4
+ D bn bn
DOWN 12 9 12 5 bn see page 3/6
E bk
8001-810 bk 4 vt
9 10 9
MEASURING DISC PL1 4 PL2 +
A8-MOTION CONTROL BOARD

MOTOR 1 wh wh X2
10 13 10
X1
rd/wh rd/wh CUVETTE WASH ARM BOARD X3
35 2
bk 33
rd 34 rd/bk 1 X1
1 rd 5 rd 1 SPI to RS232

6003-500-450-01
PL2 bk bk
rd bn 2 6 2 BOARD
11 1 BARCODE
gn gn
8 28 6 PL2
8003-220 3374-344 READER vt vt For programming
8001-822 wh 12 wh 29 5 PL3
2 PL1 6 bk bk PL1
30 4 purposes
1 wh/ye 1 X2
bk 13 gn 3365-169
3 wh/gy
+ PL5 2
2 X8
gn/ye 14 bk 4 wh/og 2 X9 3367-109
PL7 3
8002-780 vt wh/gn A5-PL11
5 og 5 4 see page 3/6
5 wh/vt PL10 A7 MCB
HEATING ELEMENT gy 6 bk 6 bk see page 4/6
X2 6
COVER CUVETTEN
wh 7 og 2 X2
12V
20W wh wh
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 5 of 6)

8 1
- 8002-182 PL2 3374-346
rd 10 vt 4
1 gy
bk 9 gy 3 gy
2
X6 bk
PL6 4 PLL board PL5
3 X9 3 5 vt see page 3/6
6 vt

X2

A4-TEMPERATURE CONTROL BOARD


PL4
2 1
X1
TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATION
ASSY
2 bk
1 rd
Temp_sensor
3374-342
8003-221 X16

9-11
Electronics
9-12
Electronics

VACUUM VALVE BOARD PUMP VALVE BOARD


ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC
BOARD BOARD BOARD
PL1 F1 PL1 F1
+14V
+14V +14V
+14V
3.15 A 3.15 A
FAN FAN FAN

8001-790 8001-791

+12V +12V +12V

+5.15V

+12V
POWER SUPPLY
1
LINE IN POWER OUT
+14V
3359-048
+24V
+30V

DISTRIBUTION BLOCK K1

COOLING UNIT

PL4 PL1 8003-007


3367-095 PL3 PL3 PL1 PL3 PL3

6003-500-450-01
F2 PL2 PL3 PL5
ISE INTERFACE BOARD F1
1A
1A
F1 F1 F1 F1 F1
+5V F1 F1
+24V F2 F2 F1 F1 F2 F2 F2 3.15A
3.15A
F2 F2
PL3 1.A15A
3
3.15A F3 F3 3.15A F3 3.15A F3 3.15A F3
3.15A F3 3.15A
3.15A
3.15A 3.15A 3.15A 3.15A 3.15A +14V
3.15A
+30V 1A +30V 1A VCC +30V 250MA +30V 1A +30V 1A
+30V 1A
+14V +14V +30V +14V +14V +14V
8003-068 +14V VCC
8003-375 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC
VCC
8003-375 8003-220 8003-375 8003-375
8002-773
PL8
8001-768

BELLOWS VALVE BOARD

ISE UNIT
MCB MCB MCB MCB MCB
PHOTOMETER BOARD TEMP CONTROL BOARD SYSTEM BOARD

8003-531
6003-500: Selectra ProS wiring diagram (sheet 6 of 6)

OPTION

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
Electronics

9.3 Board layouts and diagrams

9.3.1 6002-773: System board

6002-773: PCB layout

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-13
Electronics

6002-773: Parts list - 6002-773

Pos Part nr Description

3376 352 SYSTEM PC. BOARD


C 1, 3-5, 7-13, 17-20, 3320 310 CAP. CER. AXIAL 100nF 50V
23, 33
C2 3326 410 CAP.ECLEC.TANTAL. 1uF 35V
C 6, 16, 31, 32, 35-62 3320 110 CAP. CER. AXIAL 1 nF 50V
C 14, 15 3320 942 CAP.CERAMIC 33pF 100V
C 21, 22, 24, 25-29, 34 3326 521 CAP.ELC. 15uF 20V
C 30 3326 554 CAP.ELC. 47uF / 63V
D1 3330 304 DIODE ZENER ZPD 3.6V
F 1, 2 3348 191 FUSE 3.15A SLOW
F 1, 2 3366 006 FUSE HOLDER PCB MOUNT.FOR TR5
Between PL10-6 and 3330-010 DIODE 1N4148
PL10-3
IC 1 3335 074 IC 74 HCT 74
IC 2 3335 008 IC 74 HCT 08
IC 3, 11 3335 138 IC 74 HCT 138
IC 4 3336 010 Z84 C30 CTC
IC 4, 6 3353 340 CONN.PCB.DIL 28PF
IC 5 3336 008 Z84C00 Z80 CPU
IC 5, 14, 15 3353 345 CONN.PCB.DIL 40
IC 6 3336 051 32K X 8 STATIC CMOS RAM
IC 7 3353 342 CONN. 32PF IC SOCKET
IC 8 3335 161 IC 74HCT161
IC 9, 12 3335 032 IC 74 HCT 32
IC 10 3335 004 IC 74 HCT 04
IC 13, 17, 21 3336 074 Z80 SER.IN/OUTPUT CONTR.
IC 13, 17, 21 3353 344 SOLDER TAIL SOCKET 44P
IC 14, 15 3336 009 Z84 C20 4 PI0
IC 16 3336 060 IC Z80 KIO
IC 16 3353 384 CONN. 84P PLCC,0 0821573 1
IC 18, 19 3333 532 MA 232 CPE +5V
IC 20 3336 063 MICRO MONITOR CHIP DS1232
PL 1-4, 6-13 3355 002 KEYING PLUG 926498 1
PL 1, 8, 11 3352 014 CONN.6 POLE 826467 6
PL 2-4 3353 127 CONN. 16PM(180o)826469 8
PL 5 3352 011 CONN 280611 2
PL 6, 7 3351 235 CONN. 4POL 826467 4

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-14 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

Pos Part nr Description

PL 9, 10, 12, 13 3353 056 CONN. 2X6 POL. 826469 6


R1 3302 601 RES.METAL 100K OHM
R 2, 4 3302 501 RES.METAL 10K OHM
R3 3302 301 RES.METAL 100 OHM
R5 3302 469 RES.METAL 5K1 OHM
R 7, 8 3302 549 RES.METAL 33K OHM
R 9, 11 3302 465 RES.METAL 4K7 OHM
RN 1-3 3315 009 RES.N.W. 4X4K7
SW 1 3342 217 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON
SW 2 3342 311 SWITCH SLIDE 0 161390 1
TAB 1-7 3350 006 CONN.FAST 2.8X0.5
X1 3390 027 CRYSTAL 7.3728 Mc HC 18

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-15
PL13
PL2 KB0 V6

9-16
1
D-GND 1 KB1 V7 2
M-TXD 2 KB2 V8 3
VCC VCC M-RXD KB3 V9
3 4
M-RTS 4 KB4 V10 5
M-CTS 5 KB5 V11 6
PL9 D-GND P2B0
6 7
1 P-TXD 7 P2B1 8
VCC VCC P-RXD P2B2
2 H-TXD 8 9
3 MD_COM P-RTS 9 P2B3 10
Electronics

4 H-RXD P-CTS 10 C45 C49 C44 C48 11


5 D-GND 11 12
H-RTS VCC
6 PIP_COM R-TXD 12 1n 1n 1n 1n
7 H-CTS R-RXD 13 BELLOWS VALVES
8 MASTERSIOS R-RTS 14 1
H-DTR R-CTS
9 15
H-AUX RA_COM RN2.A
10 16

4k7
11 BUS BUS
SLAVE COMM. 1 PL12
12 2
C36 MASTERCPU SA_COM KB6 V1 1
C47 C40 C46 C41 PL4
HOST COMM. KB7 V2 2
1n D-GND 1 KC0 V3 3
1n 1n 1n 1n
S-TXD 2 KC1 V4 4
WA_COM S-RXD 3 KC2 V5 5
S-RTS 4 P2A4 V13 6
I-TXD S-CTS KA0 VACUUM SWITCH
5 7
PL8 I-RXD DS_COM D-GND 6 8
W-TXD 7 9
1 D-GND D-GND
W-RXD 8 P2A5 V14 10
2 773-2-1.SCH 773-3-1.SCH W-RTS 9 C43 11
3 W-CTS 10 12
4 D-GND 11 R11 1n
5 VCC D-TXD VCC VACUUM VALVES
12
6 D-RXD 13
D-RTS 14 R9 R10
ISE-UNIT COMM.
D-CTS

4k7
4k7
opt.
15
16 PL10
VCC P2A2 1
SLAVE COMM. 2
P2A3 2
D2 1N4148 3
KC3 V12 4
PL1 VCC P1A5 WATER PUMP 5
1 VCC ISE-DOWN P1B6 VCC FAN 6
2 ISE-OPTO P1B5 KA1 WASTE SWITCH 7
ISE-OUT P1B4 1 P2A0 CONC. WASTE SWITCH
3 8
4 S_STIRR P2A6 RN2.C P2A1 9
R_STIRR P2A7 KC5 VACUUM PUMP

4k7
5 10
6 MASTERPIOS C37 C38 C42 11
C50 C16 PL6 4 12
ISE SIPPER 1n 1n 1n
R7 R8 1 KA6
STIRR CONN. 1n 1n PUMP UNIT
BUS

33k
33k
2
IC10.A
6002-773: Electric diagram - main

3 P1A4
4
1 2
VCC
SPARE PL3
74HCT04 MEAS/REF 1
1 1 P1A7 MEAS/REF 2
P1A6 STOP/START 3

6003-500-450-01
RN2.B RN2.D
PH-STRT 4

4k7
4k7
D-GND REF-STRT 5
PL7 3 5 6
773-4-1.SCH
1 WATER ALARM 1 KA2 P1A0 P-G0 7
2 P1A1 P-G1 8
3 WATER ALARM 2 P1B7 P1A2 P-G2 9
4 P1A3 P-G3 10
P1B0 R-G0 11
WATER CASK P1B1 R-G1 12
P1B2 R-G2 13
C39 C35 P1B3 R-G3 14
15
1n 1n
16
PHOTOM. BOARD

PL5
F2 VCC
1
2 3.15 A
3
4 F1
PL11 5 +30V
NEEDLE THERM. CONTROL KC7 6 3.15 A
1
2 LAMP CONTROL KC6
POWER SUPPLY C34 C30
3 NEEDLE TEMP OK KA5
4 CUVET TEMP OK KA4
15U 47U
5 CUVET THERM. CONTROL KA3
6 R5
5k1

TEMP. BOARD SW1


RES P2B4
2 3
R3
1 3 D1

4k7
4k7
C32 C31 100

RN3.A
RN3.B
3.6V
1 1 1n 1n
TAB7
TAB6 TAB4
GND-BEAM
VCC +30V
B1
1 2 3 4
G1 G2 G3 G4

í3.2
í3.2
í3.2 í3.2
STICKER

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
TAB2

VCC BAUDR BUS

IC7 IC6 IC5 IC16


28
A0 12 13 D0 A0 10 VB 11 D0 M1 27 30 A0 D0 62 19 KA0 VCC
11 A0 O0 14 9 A0 D0 12 M1 A0 31 63 D0 PA0 20
A1 A1 O1 D1 A1 A1 D1 D1 A1 A1 D1 D1 PA1 KA1
A2 10 15 D2 A2 8 13 D2 MREQ 19 32 A2 D2 64 21 KA2
9 A2 O2 17 7 A2 D2 15 20 MREQ A2 33 65 D2 PA2 23
A3 A3 O3 D3 A3 A3 D3 D3 IORQ IORQ A3 A3 D3 D3 PA3 KA3 C20 100N
A4 8 18 D4 A4 6 16 D4 WR 22 34 A4 D4 68 25 KA4 8 IC20
A4 O4 A4 D4 WR A4 D4 PA4
A5 7 19 D5 A5 5 17 D5 RD 21 35 A5 D5 69 26 KA5 R2 VCC
A5 O5 A5 D5 RD A5 D5 PA5

10k
A6 6 20 D6 A6 4 18 D6 36 A6 D6 70 27 KA6 5 1
A6 O6 A6 D6 A6 D6 PA6 RST PBRST
A7 5 21 D7 A7 3 19 D7 28 37 A7 D7 71 28 KA7 SW2
A7 O7 A7 D7 REFSH A7 D7 PA7
A8 27 A8 25 38 A8 RES 6 2
A8 A8 A8 RST TD
A9 26 A9 24 18 39 A9 A0 1 45
A9 A9 HALT A9 A0 ARDY
A10 23 A10 21 40 A10 A1 84 46 KA7 7 3
25 A10 23 A10 24 A10 1 83 A1 ASTB ST TOL
A11 A11 VCC A11 A11 WAIT WAIT A11 A11 A2 A2
A12 4 A12 2 2 A12 A3 82 42 KB0 GND
28 A12 26 A12 16 A12 3 A3 PB0 41
A13 A13 INT A13 KB1 MAX1232

S E L E C T R A PRO
29 A13 1 A13 17 INT A13 4 81 PB1 40 4
A14 1 P2B7 NMI A14 KIO KB2

S
A14 VPP A14 NMI A14 CS PB2
A15 3 5 A15 39 KB3
A15 A15 PB3 TAB3 TAB5
A16 2 31 MW 27 RES 26 M1 80 38 KB4
A16 PGM RW RESET M1 PB4
MR 22 TAB1 14 D0 RD 79 37 KB5
OE D0 RD PB5
RAM 20 BRQ 25 15 D1 IORQ' 77 36 KB6
ROM 22 CE BUSRQ D1 IORQ PB6
CE 23 12 D2 INT 54 35 KB7
BUSAK D2 INT PB7
MR 24 8 D3
OE 55257 D3
CLK CLK 6 7 D4 CLK 57 43
CLK D4 9 CLK BRDY 44 IC19
D5 D5 BSTB
27C1001A 10 D6 RES 76 C22 1 2
D6 13 RESET 11 C1+ V+
D7 D7 PC0(WT/RDYB) KC0 C25
IE0 51 12 KC1 15U 3
IEI PC1(SYNCB)__ C1- 15U
IE1 52 13 KC2
Z80-CPU IEO PC2(DTRB)___
14 KC3 C27 4
PC3(RTSB)___ C2+ C29
72 29
VCC CLK/TRG0 PC4(RTSA)___ 15U
50 30 KC5 15U 5 6
ZC/TO0 PC5(DTRA)___ C2- V-
IC4 IC2.A 31 KC6
PC6(SYNCA)__
VCC D0 25 1 REF-STRT CLK 73 32 KC7 11 14
D0 CLK/TRG1 PC7(WT/RDYA) IN1 OUT1 H-TXD
D1 26 23 3 BAUDR 49
27 D1 CLK/TRG0 ZC/TO1
D2 7 2 18 12 13
28 D2 ZC/TO0 74 RXDA OUT3 IN3 H-RXD
D3 17
C19 C18 C17 C13 1 D3 CLK/TRG2 RXCA
D4 48 15 10 7
D4 74HCT08 VCC ZC/TO2 TXDA IN2 OUT2 H-RTS
D5 2 16
100N 100N 100N 100N D5 TXCA
D6 3 22 75 9 9 8
D6 CLK/TRG1 CLK/TRG3 CTSA OUT4 IN4 H-CTS
D7 4 8 4 47 8
D7 ZC/TO1 IC1.A ZC/TO3 DCDA
IC2.B BAUDR MAX232
CTC 16 4 5 2 C14 2
CE Q PR D RXDB
A0 18 21 6 33p 60 3
CS0 CLK/TRG2 XTAL0 RXCB
A1 19 9 5 3 CLK 5
VCC CS1 ZC/TO2 CLK X1 7.3728Mhz TXDB
M1 14 59 4
10 M1 6 XTAL1 TXCB 6
IORQ' IORQ 74HCT08 Q C15 CTSB IC18
RD 6 20 CL 33p 56 7
C12 C10 C11 C9 RD CLK/TRG3 CLKOUT DCDB C21 1 2
IE4 13 C1+ V+
IEI 1 55
74HCT74 C24
100N 100N 100N 100N OSC 15U 3
IE5 11 C1- 15U
IEO
INT 12 17 CLK
INT RESET VCC C26 4
CLK 15 Z80-KIO C2+ C28
CLK VCC
5 6 15U
PH-STRT 15U
6002-773: Electric diagram - CPU core

Z80-CTC C2- V-
10

6003-500-450-01
VCC RES IC1.B 11 14
IN1 OUT1 I-TXD
VCC 9 PR 12
Q D 12 13
OUT3 IN3 I-RXD
C7 C4 C5 C8 IC3 11 P2B6
74HCT08 CLK 10 7
A14 1 15 74HCT08 1 1 1 IN2 OUT2 H-DTR
100N 100N 100N 100N A Y0
A15 2 14 13 R4 8
B Y1 RN1.A Q P2B5 9 8
3 13 ROM CL R1 C6 OUT4 IN4 H-AUX

10k
C Y2 11 10
12

4k7
4k7
4k7
1ook

VCC

RN1.C
RN1.B
Y3 12 8 74HCT74
D-GND 11 IC2.D 9 INT 4 3 2 13 1N MAX232
Y4
6 10 IC2.C NMI
G1 Y5
4 9 RAM BRQ
G2A Y6 VCC
5 7 IE0
A16

G2B Y7
IC12.A
RD 1 74HCT138
3 MR IC11
MREQ 2
A4 1 15 KIO
A Y0
A5 2 14 SIO1
74HCT32 B Y1
A6 3 13 SIO2
C Y2
VCC 12 SIO3
Y3
11 CTC
Y4
IC12.B 6 10 PIO1
G1 Y5
WR 4 4 9 PIO2
G2A Y6
6 MW 5 7
G2B Y7
MREQ 5 VCC
74HCT138
74HCT32 VCC
C2 C1 C3 C23 C33
M1
1 1u 100N 100N 100N 100N
RN1.D
IC10.B IC8

4k7
5 3 14 IC9.A IC10.D
A QA
CLK 3 4 4 13 1 IC9.B
5 B QB 12 3 9 8 4
6 C QC 11 2 6
D QD IORQ'
74HCT04 15 5
RCO
7 74HCT04
ENP 74HCT32
IC10.C 10 74HCT32
ENT
2 IC9.D
CLK
M1 5 6 9 12
LOAD
1 11 WAIT
CLR
13
74HCT04
74HCT161
IORQ 74HCT32

9-17
Electronics
Electronics

6002-773: Electric diagram - SIO module


IC13A
D0 1 13
D0 RXDA
D1 2 14
D1 RXCA
D2 44 16
D2 TXDA
D3 3 15
D3 TXCA P-TXD
D4 43 12
D4 SYNCA
D5 4 11 P-RXD
D5 W/RDYA
D6 42
5 D6 19 P-RTS
D7 D7 RTSA 20 P-CTS
40 CTSA 18
SIO1 CE DTRA
RES 23 21 C51 C52 PIP_COM
RESET DCDA
M1 9
M1
IORQ' 41 33 1n 1n
IORQ RXDB
RD 37 32
RD RXCB
A0 38 30
CD TXDB
A1 39 31
BA TXCB M-TXD
34
SYNCB
INT 6 35 M-RXD
7 INT W/RDYB
IE1 IEI
8 26 M-RTS
IE2 IEO RTSB 25 M-CTS
22 CTSB 27
CLK CLK DTRB
24 C53 C54 MD_COM
DCDB
Z80-SIO/4
1n 1n

BAUDR

IC17A
D0 1 13
D0 RXDA
D1 2 14
D1 RXCA
D2 44 16
D2 TXDA
D3 3 15
43 D3 TXCA 12 S-TXD
D4 D4 SYNCA
D5 4 11 S-RXD
42 D5 W/RDYA
D6 D6
5 19 S-RTS
D7 D7 RTSA
20 S-CTS
CTSA
SIO2 40 18
CE DTRA
RES 23 21 C55 C56 SA_COM
RESET DCDA
M1 9
M1
IORQ' 41 33 1n 1n
IORQ RXDB
RD 37 32
RD RXCB
A0 38 30
39 CD TXDB 31
A1 BA TXCB 34 R-TXD
6 SYNCB 35
INT INT W/RDYB R-RXD
IE2 7
IEI R-RTS
IE3 8 26
IEO RTSB
25 R-CTS
CTSB
CLK 22 27
CLK DTRB
24 C57 C58 RA_COM
DCDB
Z80-SIO/4
1n 1n

BAUDR

BUS

IC21A
D0 1 13
D0 RXDA
D1 2 14
44 D1 RXCA 16
D2 D2 TXDA
D3 3 15
43 D3 TXCA 12 D-TXD
D4 D4 SYNCA
D5 4 11 D-RXD
D5 W/RDYA
D6 42
D6 D-RTS
D7 5 19
D7 RTSA
20 D-CTS
CTSA
SIO3 40 18
CE DTRA
RES 23 21 C59 C60 DS_COM
RESET DCDA
M1 9
M1
IORQ' 41 33 1n 1n
37 IORQ RXDB
RD RD 32
A0 38 RXCB 30
39 CD TXDB 31
A1 BA TXCB
34 W-TXD
SYNCB
INT 6 35 W-RXD
INT W/RDYB
IE3 7
IEI W-RTS
IE4 8 26
IEO RTSB
25 W-CTS
CTSB
CLK 22 27
CLK DTRB
24 C61 C62 WA_COM
DCDB
Z80-SIO/4
1n 1n

BAUDR

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-18 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

6002-773: Electric diagram - PIO module


IC14
D0 19 15 P1A0
D0 PA0
D1 20 14 P1A1
D1 PA1
D2 1 13 P1A2
D2 PA2
D3 40 12 P1A3
D3 PA3
D4 39 10 P1A4
D4 PA4
D5 38 9 P1A5
D5 PA5
D6 3 8 P1A6
2 D6 PA6 7
D7 D7 PA7 P1A7
18
ARDY
INT 23 16 D-GND
INT ASTB
IE5 24
IEI
IE6 22 27 P1B0
IEO PB0
28 P1B1
PB1
PIO1 4 29 P1B2
CE PB2
RD 35 30 P1B3
RD PB3
IORQ' 36 31 P1B4
IORQ PB4
M1 37 32 P1B5
M1 PB5
A0 5 33 P1B6
CD PB6
A1 6 34 P1B7
BA PB7 21
BRDY
CLK 25 17 D-GND
CLK BSTB

Z80-PIO

BUS

IC15
D0 19 15 P2A0
D0 PA0
D1 20 14 P2A1
D1 PA1
D2 1 13 P2A2
D2 PA2
D3 40 12 P2A3
D3 PA3
D4 39 10 P2A4
D4 PA4
D5 38 9 P2A5
D5 PA5
D6 3 8 P2A6
D6 PA6
D7 2 7 P2A7
D7 PA7 18
ARDY
INT 23 16 D-GND
INT ASTB
IE6 24
IEI
22 27 P2B0
IEO PB0
28 P2B1
PB1
PIO2 4 29 P2B2
CE PB2
RD 35 30 P2B3
RD PB3
IORQ' 36 31 P2B4
IORQ PB4
M1 37 32 P2B5
M1 PB5
A0 5 33 P2B6
CD PB6
A1 6 34 P2B7
BA PB7
21
BRDY
CLK 25 17 D-GND
CLK BSTB

Z80-PIO

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-19
Electronics

9.3.2 6003-375: Motion control board

6003-375: PCB layout

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-20 6003-500-450-01
X1 X2 X3 sheet 4
TP TP TP
PL4

1
1
1
+30V +30V
1 VCC
2 +14V
3 +30V PA4
INA1 A1
4
5 1 X4 PA5 PL1
TP INA2 A2
6 1
PC2 2
Header6 X5 TAB2 ENA
3
TP TP 4
F3

1
1 2
step-driver Header-4

1
VCC
PA6

1
Fuse holder (LT5) INB1 B1
+ C9 PA7
X6 47u/50V TAB8 INB2 B2
TP TP PC3

2
PL3 +14V +30V ENB
F2

1
1 1 2 PB7

1
+14V PWM-Imax PGND
2

1
1
1

S E L E C T R A PRO
3 Fuse holder (LT5) PB6
+ C10 I70

S
4 R21 R22 GND
5 X7 47u/50V TAB1
TP 10k0 10k0
6 TP

2
F1

1
2
2
Header6 1 2

1
+30V

1
1
1
TAB6 1 Fuse holder (LT5) sheet 3
TP + C11
470uF/50V R23 R24
1k00 1k00 +30V +30V

2
2
2
PA0
INA1 A1
sheet 2 PA1 PL2
PL5 INA2 A2
1
1 PC0 2
ENA
2 TxD 3
3 RxD ADC0 4
4

1
1
5
step-driver Header-4
C12 C13 ADC1 PA2
6 INB1 B1
1n 1n

2
2
Header6 PA3
INB2 B2
CTS PC1
DTR ENB

1
1
PB4
C14 C15 X112 X113 PWM-Imax PGND
1n 1n TP TP PB5

2
2
VCC I70
PL9 PA[0..7] PA[0..7]

1
1
PA[0..7] R25 GND
2 1 TCK
4 3 PB[4..7] 1 2 PB[4..7]
TDO PB[4..7] VCC
JTAG 6 5 TMS
8 7 PC[0..3] PC[0..3]
PC[0..3] 270E
10 9 TDI
6003-375: Electrical diagram - main

X8
R26
header5x2 TP
1 2 PL8 PL7
1

nRES VCC
1 VCC 1
PL10 2 2

6003-500-450-01
controller PE4 100E PD2
1 MISO VCC 3 3
SPI 2 4 PD3 4

1
MOSI VCC
3 5 R29 5
1
1
1
1

(option) SCK C16


4 SSn 6 1 2 6
5 100n 7 C17 C18 7

2
R27 R28 100n 100n
6 8 270E 8
2
2

VCC 1k00 1k00


PE5 9 9
header6 10 10
2
2

1
+14V
11 11
SW10 C19 12 PD6 12
1 8 PG0 100n PD7

2
2 7 PG1 Header-6x2 Header-6x2
1
1

3 6 PG2 PE6
4 5 PG3 C20 C21
1

PG[0..3] 1n 1n
2
2

PG[0..3] C22
SW-DIP-4
100n X9
2

TP
PL6
1

PG4
SW3 1
1

VCC
Hex switch 2
6 PC7 C23 PD0 3
3 PC6 1n PD1 4

8
2

A
4 PC5 R32 5
1
1
1
1

C
1 PC4 PE7 1 2 6

2 4 6
E
PC[4..7] C25 C26

0
5 7
1

PC[4..7] R30 R31 100n 100n


2 270E 8
2
2

C C 1 2 4 8
1k00 1k00
C24 9

1
1
1
1
1

1n 10
2
2
2

+14V
R59 R34 R35 R36 R37 11
PD4 12
1k00 1k00 1k00 1k00 1k00
PD5
2 Header-6x2
2
2
2
2
1
1

C28 C29
1 HOLE1 1n 1n
2
2

3mm2 / 7mm5
PE[4..7] PE[4..7]
PE[4..7]
1 HOLE2
3mm2 / 7mm5

PD[0..7] 1 HOLE3 PD[0..7]


PD[0..7] 3mm2 / 7mm5

N1
pcb_MCB2_R1B

9-21
Electronics
9-22
Electronics

X10 X12
TP TP
R33
SW1

1
1
1 2 1 2
4 3 D3A D3B

1
100E 1 & 5 &
SW-NO C27 3 4
1n 2 6

2
TAB7 4093 4093
nRES TP

1
X11
TP
X13

1
PD[0..7] TP

C
PD[0..7] R56

1
1 2 B V8

1
VCC
BC847C
G1 X125 X23 X34
X17 X15 X18 X19 X20 X16 X21 X22 TP TP 10k0 TP E
2 8.00 MHz D3C R57 D3D
D2 TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP 8 12

1
1
X27
& & 1
10 1 2 11

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TP 1 25 PD0 9 13

3
1
nRES PEN PD0/SCL/INT0 PD1
20 26

1
RESET PD1/SDA/INT1 PD2 270k C40
27 4093 4093
PD2/RXD1/INT2 PD3 100n
24 28

2
XTAL1 PD3/TXD1/INT3 VCC
X29 X30 X24 X25 X31 X32 X26 X33 23 29 PD4

2
TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP XTAL2 PD4/IC1 PD5
PD5/XCK1 30
31 PD6

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PA[0..7] PD6/T1 R62
PA0 51 32 PD7
PA0/AD0 PD7/T2 10k0
PA1 50
PA2 PA1/AD1
49 PL11

1
PA3 PA2/AD2 PDI PDO
48 PA3/AD3 PE0/RXD0/PDI 2 RxD 1 2 VCC
PA4 47 3 PDO SCK 3 4 PDI
PA4/AD4 PE1/TXD0/PDO TxD
PA5 46 4 nRES 5 6
PA5/AD5 PE2/XCK0/AIN0 CTS
PA6 45 5
PA6/AD6 PE3/OC3A/AIN1 DTR
PA7 44 6 PE4 header3x2
X35 X36 X37 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 PA7/AD7 PE4/OC3B/INT4 PE5
PE5/OC3C/INT5 7
TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP 8 PE6 SPI

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PE6/T3/INT6 PE7
SSn 10 PB0/SS PE7/IC3/INT7 9
SCK 11 X43 X44

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SCK PB1/SCK PE[4..7]
12 TP TP

1
1
MOSI PB2/MOSI
PB[4..7] MISO 13 PB3/MISO PF0/ADC0 61 ADC0
PB4 14 60
PB4/OC0 PF1/ADC1 ADC1 X45 X46 X47 X48 X49 X50 X51 X52
PB5 15 59 1 X126TP
PB6 PB5/OC1A PF2/ADC2 X127TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP
16 PB6/OC1B PF3/ADC3 58 1
PB7 17 57
PB7/OC2/OC1C PF4/ADC4/TCK TCK
56

6003-500-450-01
PF5/ADC5/TMS TMS
PC[0..3] PF6/ADC6/TDO 55 TDO
PC0 35 54
PC0/A8 PF7/ADC7/TDI TDI
PC1 36
PC2 PC1/A9 PG[0..3]
37 PC2/A10 PG[0..3]
PC3 38 33 PG0
PC[4..7] PC3/A11 PG0/WR
PC4 39 34 PG1
PC5 PC4/A12 PG1/RD PG2
40 PC5/A13 PG2/ALE 43
PC6 41 18 PG3
PC7 PC6/A14 PG3/TOSC2 PG4
42 PC7/A15 PG4/TOSC1 19 PG4

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

X128
6003-375: Electrical diagram - controller section

TP
62

1
Aref
22 64

1
X54 X55 X56 X57 X58 X59 X60 X61 GND AVcc X62 X63 X64 X65 X66 X67 X68 X69 X114
53 GND
TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP 63 52 C42 TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP TP
GND Vcc 100n
Vcc 21 2
ATmega64L
1 X129
TP
1
2

C41
2

100n R60
100E
X14
TP L1
1

1 2
1

VCC
1

300E@100MHz
C30
100n
2

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
+30V
A1A

VS 4

X117
TP
10 15

1
INA1 IN1 OUT1 A1

1
logic
11 5 X118
INA2 IN2 OUT2 TP
R38
8

1
ENA EN 6k80
X72
prot 12 TP

1
X70 SENSE

1
TP one shot TP

2
1
13 9 X71 C2

1
RC VREF 100n B7 B5

1
1
1
1
red red

1
C43
R2 47n R17 R18
VCC C1

2
82k0 L6207 0E47 5% 0E47 5%

S E L E C T R A PRO
1n

2
1
2

S
X74

2
2
2

C
R3 A2
TP
1 2 B V1

1
PWM-Imax BC847C

1
E
100k C3 X77
100n 1 TP

2
R5
1 2

10k0
1 X115
TP

R6

I70 1 2

1
2k70
A1B
R7
1k20
VS 33

2
X119
TP
26 22

1
INB1 IN1 OUT1 B1
1

logic
27 32 X120
INB2 IN2 OUT2 TP
R39
29

1
ENB EN 6k80
X84
prot 25 TP
2

SENSE 1
X82
1

TP one shot
2
1

24 28 C5

1
RC VREF X83 100n B8 B6
2

1
1
1
1

TP red red

6003-500-450-01
C44
R9 47n R19 R20
C4
2
82k0 L6207 0E47 5% 0E47 5%
1n

2
1
2

2
2
2

B2
6003-375: Electrical diagram - stepper driver 1

PGND

X87 V3 X88
TP 1 2 1 1 TP
A1C
1N4148SMD
30

1
VBOOT charge
pump GND
C7 7
220n/16V VCP

2
2 NC GND 1
3 NC GND 18
V4 6 NC
1 2 GND 19
14 NC GND 36
1N4148SMD 16
X89 NC
17 NC GND (SLUG) 37
R15 TP
C8
100E X90 L6207
1

1 2 1 2 1 TP

10n

9-23
Electronics
+30V
A3A

9-24
VS 4

X121
TP
10 15

1
INA1 IN1 OUT1 A1

1
logic
11 5 X122
INA2 IN2 OUT2 TP
R41
8

1
Electronics

ENA EN 6k80
X93
prot 12 TP

1
X91 SENSE

1
TP one shot TP

2
1
13 9 X92 C32

1
RC VREF 100n B20 B18

1
1
1
1
red red

1
C45
R42 47n R43 R55
VCC C31

2
82k0 L6207 0E47 5% 0E47 5%
1n

2
1
2
X95

2
2
2

C
R44 A2
TP
1 2 B V5

1
PWM-Imax BC847C

1
E
100k C33 X98
100n 1 TP

2
R46
1 2

10k0
1 X116
TP

R48

I70 1 2

1
2k70
A3B
R47
1k20
VS 33

2
X123
TP
26 22

1
INB1 IN1 OUT1 B1
1

logic
27 32 X124
INB2 IN2 OUT2 TP
R50
29

1
ENB EN 6k80
X105
prot 25 TP
2

SENSE 1
X103
1

TP one shot
2
1

24 28 C35

1
RC VREF X104 100n B19 B17
2

1
1
1
1

TP red red

6003-500-450-01
C46
R51 47n R52 R53
C34
2
82k0 L6207 0E47 5% 0E47 5%
1n

2
1
2

2
2
2

B2
6003-375: Electrical diagram - stepper driver 2

PGND

X108 V6 X109
TP 1 2 1 1 TP
A3C
1N4148SMD
30

1
VBOOT charge
pump GND
C36 7
220n/16V VCP

2
2 NC GND 1
3 NC GND 18
V7 6 NC
1 2 GND 19
14 NC GND 36
1N4148SMD 16
X110 NC
17 NC GND (SLUG) 37
R54 TP
C37
100E X111 L6207
1

1 2 1 2 1 TP

S E L E C T R A PRO
10n

S
Electronics

9.3.3 6003-068: Photometer board

6003-068: PCB layout

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-25
9-26
VP15 R1 1M00
A10 1 2 VP5V0 VP15
2 6 Vref_10V
Vin Vout
1 2
5

1
1
1
1
GND Trim R2 10k00 0.1%
C1 ADR01ARZ C2 C3
4 R3
100n/50V 99:1 100n/50V 100n/50V

2
2
2
100E0 0.1%

12
13
A5A

2
Electronics

2 VL Vdd 3
D1 S1
1 Logic
VP15 VP5V0
1 pos
"PHOTOM. CELL" TAB10 GND Vss C4
TP 1 2

5
4
1
1
PL4 GUARD PHOTOM. CELL DG445DY

1
1p-coax R12 100E C5 C6

1
100n/50V 10n/50V 100n/50V
1 1 2

2
2
IN OUT R4

1
1
470E

5
4
3
2
P-G[0..3] R5
C30 C7 A8
2

8
5
6
G[0..3] 1u/50V 100n/50V 1 2

2
2
2 V+B BS

1
+
VP15 7 PH-STRT
VN15 100E C8
VP15 VP15 3 -
A5B 10n/50V V- G

2
15 14 LT1011AI

4
1

1
VP5V0 VP5V0 D2 S2

1
C9 GUARD 16 Logic
GND 100n/50V 1 pos C10

2
10n/50V

2
1
VN15 VN15 DG445DY
C11

7
8
A5D
R6 1K60 A7 100n/50V

2
Sensor Amplifier V+ OPA124U
7 6 1 2 3 +
D4 S4 6

1
8 Logic 2

1
-
1 pos C12 V- VP5V0 VP15 VN15
R7 68n/25V

4
1
5
DG445DY 33K0 2%

2
1
1
C13 C14

1
100n/50V 100n/50V

2
2

NOT-MEAS/REF
MEAS/NOT-REF
C15

12
13
100n/50V A6A

2
2 VL Vdd 3
D1 S1
1 Logic
VP15 VP5V0
VN15 1 pos
GND Vss C16
1 2

5
4
1
1

DG445DY
1

C17 C18
STP/STR 100n/50V 10n/50V 100n/50V
2
2

R8

1
470E
R9
C19 A9
6003-068: Electrical diagram - main

8
5
6

TAB9 100n/50V 1 2

2
TP 2 V+B BS
1

+
"LAMP REF. CELL" 7 REF-STRT
LAMP REF CELL VN15 100E C20
PL3 GUARD 3

1
-
1p-coax R22 100E A6B 10n/50V V- G
2

6003-500-450-01
1 1 2 15 14 LT1011AI
4
1

IN OUT D2 S2

1
1

16 Logic

5
4
3
2
R-G[0..3] C38 1 pos C21
G[0..3] 1u/50V 10n/50V

2
2
1

DG445DY
C22
100n/50V
2

VP15 VP15
VP5V0 R30 1M00
VP5V0
1 2
VN15
GND
VN15 VN15

Sensor Amplifier

PCB N1
pcb_VPB2_R1B

Mounting holes
Powersupply A6D
VP5V0 TAB1 TAB2 VP15 7 6
PL2 TP A11 H1 H2 H3 D4 S4
F1

1
1
TP
1 1 2 1 11 3mm2 / 7mm5 3mm2 / 7mm5 3mm2 / 7mm5 8 Logic
+Vi +Vo "System BRD." 1 pos
2 24 14

1
+Vi +Vo DG445DY
Fuse holder (LT5) PL1
+ C24 NOT-MEAS/REF MEAS/NOT-REF
3 1 2
1
1
1

1
1
1
Header2 F2 Go 15u/25V STP/STR PH-STRT
Go 10 3 4
+ C25 + REF-STRT
15 5 6

2
V1 15u/25V Go P-G0 P-G1
1A T Go 22 7 8
C23 ES1C P-G2 9 10 P-G3

2
2
15u/25V R-G0 R-G1 H4 H5
12 2 11 12

2
1
Gi -Vo R-G2 R-G3 3mm2 / 7mm5 3mm2 / 7mm5
13 Gi -Vo 23 13 14
+ C26 15 16

1
TAB11 EC05-1502DM-S 15u/25V
TP Y1 Header-8x2

2
1
1

keying plug
R-G[0..3]

1
TAB3 H6 H7
TP VN15 P-G[0..3] 3mm2 / 7mm5 3mm2 / 7mm5
1
1

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
VP5V0 VP5V0

1
R33
1K50

E
R34
A6C

2
10 11 1 2 B V5
D3 S3 BC857A
9 Logic V4 PMLL4448

C
1 pos 1K50
2 1
DG445DY
K2
9402-05-00
1 2
GUARD
5 6
1 2
3 4

S E L E C T R A PRO
C35 6n8/50V

S
1 2 2 1

R20 1M00 R21 30M

C36
1 2

22p/50V

VP15

1
C37 GUARD
100n/50V

2
7
8
GUARD A2
3 V+
+
6 OUT
IN 2 -
V-
OPA124U

4
1
5
1
R23

1
1K50
C39

2
R24 R25
100n/50V

2
1 2 2 1

VN15 18K0 220K

1
1

6003-500-450-01
1

R26
3K00 R27
G[0..3] 16K0 R28

2
G[0..3] 47K0

2
2

G0

G1

G2
6003-068: Electrical diagram - photometer section

G3
9
10

A4C
D3

VP15
1 pos
Logic
S3

VP5V0
VP15
DG445DY
16
15
11

A4B

1
2
VP5V0 A4A
D2

VP15

D1
5 12

VL
C40
1

VP5V0 100n/50V
4 13

GND Vss
Vdd

1
1
2
1 pos
Logic
S2

VN15 C41 C42


8
7

GND 1 pos
Logic
S1

100n/50V 100n/50V DG445DY A4D

2
2
1

14

DG445DY
D4

R29
VN15 15K0
2

VN15
1 pos
Logic
S4

DG445DY
6

9-27
Electronics
VP5V0 VP5V0

9-28
1
R31
1K50

E
R32
A5C

2
10 11 1 2 B V3
D3 S3 BC857A
9 Logic V2 PMLL4448
Electronics

C
1 pos 1K50
2 1
DG445DY
K1
9402-05-00
1 2
GUARD
5 6
1 2
3 4
C27 6n8/50V

1 2 2 1

R10 1M00 R11 30M

C28
1 2

22p/50V

VP15

1
C29 GUARD
100n/50V

2
7
8
GUARD A1
3 V+
+
6 OUT
IN 2 -
V-
OPA124U

4
1
5
1
R13

1
1K50
C31

2
R14 R15
100n/50V

2
1 2 2 1

VN15 18K0 220K

1
1

6003-500-450-01
1

R16
3K00 R17
G[0..3] 16K0 R18

2
G[0..3] 47K0

2
2

G0

G1
6003-068: Electrical diagram - reference section

G2

G3
9
10

A3C
D3

VP15
1 pos
Logic
S3

VP5V0
VP15
DG445DY
16
15
11

A3B

1
2
VP5V0 A3A
D2

VP15

D1
5 12

VL
C32
1

VP5V0 100n/50V
4 13

GND Vss
Vdd

1
1
2
1 pos
Logic
S2

VN15 C33 C34


8
7

GND 1 pos
Logic
S1

100n/50V 100n/50V DG445DY A3D

2
2
1

14

DG445DY
D4

R19
VN15 15K0
2

VN15
1 pos
Logic
S4

DG445DY
6

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
Electronics

9.3.4 6003-220: Temperature control board

6003-220: PCB layout

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-29
+5V +14V +30V

9-30
TP13 TP14 TP15 TP39 TP40 TP41 TP42
250 mA F3 +30V
PL1:A 1
PL1:B 2 3.15 A F2 1 PL3:A
PL1:C 3 2 PL3:B
PL1:D 4 3.15 A F1
PL1:E 5
Electronics

PL1:F 6
C22 C8
470uF 50V 470uF 50V

LAMP_ON
LEDG1
LEDG2
LEDG3
HEAT_PWR_EN

CV_H1
CV_H2
CUVET_TEMP_OK

LAMP_CONTROL
CUVET_THERM_CONTROL
NEEDLE_TEMP_OK

NEEDLE_THERM_CONTROL
+14V +30V

SCLK
R70 R68
MOSI
30.9k 30.9k
TP89 A_CS
TP94TP93 MISO
R23 4.75k
REF_2.5V C_CS
MEASURE_LAMP N_CS
MEASURE_30V
MEASURE_14V TP60 TP62 TP66 R42 10k
AMB_TEMP +5V
R44 10k
R47 10k
R71 R69
C58 4.75k 2.49k C57 TP79 TP84
0.1uF 0.1uF
SW1
R60 10k
SW2 +5V
R61 10k
SW3 +5V
WHEAT_EN
CV_L2
CV_L1
R84
6003-220: Electrical diagram - main

TP126 TP120 U10:B NHEAT_EN LEDDP


100
LEDG
4 3
PL9:B 2 TXD_B LEDF
+5V LEDE
74AC14 LEDD

6003-500-450-01
R83
TP127 4.75k TP121 U10:C C50 LEDC
0.1uF TP78 TP81 TP85 LEDB
5 6
PL9:G 7 CTS_B LEDA

74AC14 C42
R85 0.0022uF
TP125 4.75k TP119 U10:A CTS
TXD
1 2
PL9:C 3 RXD_B RXD
C44 Y1
74AC14 22pF 7.3728 MHz
R82 R86
4.75k C63 4.75k C64
0.001uF 0.001uF +5V +5V C45
22pF U10:D
R92 R64 9 8
4.75k 4.75k TP72
TP140 TP86
PL9:A 1 REF_4V +5V 74AC14
+5V
PL9:D 4 U10:E
PL9:E 5 PL10:A 1 BKGD BKGD TP55 TP88 C40 11 10
PL9:F 6 PL10:B 2 0.1uF
PL9:H 8 PL10:C 3 NC
PL9:I 9 PL10:D 4 RESET RESET 74AC14

BDM
PL9:J 10 PL10:E 5 NC +5V U10:F
PL9:K 11 PL10:F 6 C51 13 12
+5V U11 0.001uF C52 C24 C53 +5V
0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF
VIN RST +5V
74AC14
GND
MC34064 R63
300
C32 C41 C33
TP87 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
REF_4V

U14 C49
LM4040BIM3-4.1 0.1uF

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
+30V +30V
TP67 R51 TP47 R27
100K TP73 100K TP52
TP71 TP50
TP68 R50 Q12 TP48 R26 Q4
4.75k TP74 MMBT2907 4.75k TP53 MMBT2907
Q11 Q2
CV_H1 NTR4501NT1G CV_H2 NTR4501NT1G
R54 R32
4.75k 4.75k

TP83 TP57

+30V C61
TP1280.01uF
TP96

S E L E C T R A PRO
TP122

S
L2
C66 C65 C62
TP136 TP139 68uH
4.7uF/50V 4.7uF/50V 4.7uF/50V D8
R88 C55 C56
MBRS540T3G
25.5k 33uF/25V 33uF/25V
R90 TP135
C67 9.31k Q13 Q7
1000pF
FDB031N08
FDB031N08
R91
+5V 2.49k D4 R62 R37 D3
TP145 MMBZ5232 4.75k C46 C26 4.75k MMBZ5232
1000pF 1000pF
TP11 TP12
C_CS TP141
SCLK CUV_CTRL 3 PL2:C
4 PL2:D
MOSI +5V C69
100pF
C68 R53 R31
0.1uF TP70 499 TP76 Q14 Q8 TP51 499 TP49
CV_L1 FDB031N08
FDB031N08 CV_L2

R52 R28
10k 10k
TP45 TP25
+5V L1 +5VA +5VA REF_2.5V
1 2
10uH
C9 C10 C18 D1 C11
47uF/25V 47uF/25V 0.1uF MMBZ5232 1uF

6003-500-450-01
REF_2.5V REF_2.5V
C1
0.1uF
+5VA +5V R2
6003-220: Electrical diagram - cuvette driver

REF_2.5V 10.0k 0.1%


TP34 TP33 TP29 TP28 TP9 TP8
1 PL5:A
MOSI 2 PL5:B
MISO 3 PL5:C
SCLK 4 PL5:D
A_CS REF_2.5V +14V 5 PL5:E
R8
6.98k 0.1% 6 PL5:F
R9
R10
TP19 10k 0.1% C5
6.98k 0.1%
+5V +5VA 0.1uF
C19 C20
0.1uF 0.1uF N_THERM

C6
0.1uF

REF_2.5V

R6
6.98k 0.1% C4
0.1uF

W_THERM
R7
TP20 10k 0.1% C3
0.1uF

9-31
Electronics
9-32
+14V R72 TP102 Q15 TP82
0.012 1/4W FDB031N08
2 PL2:B

C37 TP92 C38 C39


47uF/25V 47uF/25V 47uF/25V 1 PL2:A
Electronics

+5V +14V
+14V
TP114 D5 C27
+30V U16 0.1uF R41
4.75k
VIN VOUT R56
ADJ BAT54C C47 1k +5V R40 TP59 R35
C60 R78 C59 0.1uF 10k 30.9k
0.1uF LM317 1uF/35V 5
499 4 R59
TP115 U7 - 87.6k 0.1%

V+
1 TP56
TP75

V-
R79 3
+ MEASURE_LAMP
7.87k 2

R58 R36
U9 10k 0.1% C43 C25 4.75k
TP69 R46 TP63 C29 NL 0.1uF
TP80 TP77 LM4041BIM3-1.2 0.1uF
R57 30.9k
10k
LAMP_ON
C31
0.01 uF
R55
10k

TP1 R16 TP22 U3:A TP37


10k 1 2
PL7:A 1 NEEDLE_THERM_CONTROL

74AC14
TP2 TP26 U3:B TP36 REF_2.5V
3 4
PL7:B 2 LAMP_CONTROL
10k R1

6003-500-450-01
R17 R15 R14 74AC14 10k
10k 10k C13 C15 TP10
0.001uF 0.001uF
6003-220: Electrical diagram - lamp driver

+5V +5V
AMB_TEMP 1 PL4:A
R20 R19
10k 10k 1k 2 PL4:B
C2 R3 3 PL4:C
0.001uF 4 PL4:D
TP3 R13
100 TP16 U3:C TP30
6 5
PL7:C 3 NEEDLE_TEMP_OK

74AC14
TP4 R12
100 TP17 U3:D TP31
8 9
PL7:D 4 CUVET_TEMP_OK

74AC14

R11
TP5 10k TP18 U3:E TP27
11 10
PL7:E 5 CUVET_THERM_CONTROL

PL7:F 6 C7 74AC14
R4
10k 0.001uF
+5V
C12
0.1uF

U3:F
13 12

74AC14

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
+5V

+5V R67
10k
R38
10k
TP6
TP61
Q10 N_THERM 1 PL6:A
NTR4501NT1G 2 PL6:B
NHEAT_EN +14V TP7 3 PL6:C
REF_2.5V +5V 4 PL6:D
5 PL6:E
R21 R65 6 PL6:F
7.87k +5V R33 C34 25.5k C35
10k 47uF/25V 47uF/25V

S E L E C T R A PRO
2 U5:A R66
-

S
2.49k
1

3 +5V
N_THERM +

4
TP90
TP38 +5V
N_CS TP91
C21
0.1uF SCLK
C54
MOSI 100pF
+5V
+5V
C48
0.1uF

8
2 U1:A
-
1

3
W_THERM +

4
+5V R5
100k
R18 C14
C16 10k 0.1uF
1uF
TP23

W_THERM 1 PL8:A
+30V TP21 2 PL8:B

W_PWR_CTRL

N_PWR_CTRL
3

FQB34P10TM
PL8:C

Q1
+30V_SW
4 PL8:D
5 PL8:E
6 PL8:F

6003-500-450-01
R24 D2 C17
TP95 10k MMBZ5232 Not Loaded TP32

REF_2.5V TP35
+5V +5V
6003-220: Electrical diagram - needle heater

6 TP43 R25 TP58 T1


N_THERM - U5:B
499 Q3 R49 +5V
7 R22 FDB031N08 2k
WHEAT_EN
20k
5 TP65
NCP18XH103F03RB

+ TP44 TP54
8

2 U8:A
Q9 -
MMBT2222 1
TP64
Q5 3
NTR4501NT1G +
4

R29
0.33 R43 R48
6 U1:B 10k 10k +5V
W_THERM -
7 C36
0.1uF
5
+

+5V TP24

R30
4.75k
6 U8:B
-
TP46 Q6 7
NTR4501NT1G
HEAT_PWR_EN
5
+

9-33
Electronics
9-34
+5V

R45
4.75k
TP131
TP113 +5V
SW1
Electronics

LEDA S3
BSS84 KSC321G
Q20 C30
0.001uF

TP112
TP108 +5V
R77
LEDB
300
BSS84
Q18 +5V

TP107
TP123 +5V R39
R75 4.75k
LEDC
300
BSS84 TP111
Q22
SW2

TP118
TP117 +5V S2
R81 KSC321G
LEDD C28
300
BSS84 0.001uF
Q21

TP116
TP97 +5V
R80
LEDE +5V
300
BSS84
Q16 R34
4.75k

TP99
TP106 +5V
R73 TP98
LEDF
300
BSS84 SW3
Q17 S1
KSC321G

TP103
TP110 +5V C23
R74 TP124 TP134 TP132 TP104 TP100 TP105 TP101 0.001uF
LEDG
300
BSS84
Q19

TP109
R76
300

6003-500-450-01
TP130 +5V
6003-220: Electrical diagram - adjustment panel

LEDDP
BSS84
Q23

TP129
R87
300

TP133

TP144
TP142
TP137

TP146 Q26 TP143 Q25 TP138 Q24


NTR4501NT1G NTR4501NT1G NTR4501NT1G
LEDG1 LEDG2 LEDG3
R94 R93 R89
10k 10k 10k

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
Electronics

9.3.5 6003-007: Cooling unit board

6003-007: PCB layout

6003-007: Parts list

Pos Part nr Description

3367-088 COOLING UNIT PCB


C1 CAP. 2.2 F
C 2-13, 25-27, 32 CAP. 100nF
C 14, 15, 34, 35 CAP. 94SVP566X0016E7
C 16 CAP. 22nF
C 17, 20-24, 33 CAP. 10nF
C 18 CAP. 150pF
C 19 CAP. 470nF
C 28 CAP. 10 F
C 29 CAP. 100 F
C 30, 31 CAP. 15pF
C 36 CAP. 4.7nF
D1 DIODE BAT54
D2 DIODE BAV23S
D4 LED Red
D5 LED Green
D6 TVS SMAJ12A
F1 FUSE RESETABLE 6A
F4 FUSE RESETABLE 200mA
D7 DIODE SCHOTTKY MBRB4030
L1 COIL 1.2 H
L2 COIL 4.7 H
K1 CONN. 3-POLE 39-30-139
K 2, 7 CONN. 3-POLE 103414-1

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-35
Electronics

Pos Part nr Description

K 3, 10 CONN. 2-POLE 39-31-0020


K 4-6 CONN. 2-POLE 22-27-2021
K8 CONN. 10-POLE M22-2041005
R1 RES. 0805 10 OHM
R3 RES. 0805 39K OHM
R 2, 16 RES. 0805 2k2 OHM
R 4, 15 RES. 0805 3k3 OHM
R 5, 8, 38, 39 RES. 0805 4K7 OHM
R 6, 7 RES. 0805 1k2 OHM
R 9-11, 48 RES. 0805 3K6 OHM
R 12 RES. 0805 15K OHM
R 13 RES. 2512 0.005 OHM
R 14 RES. 0805 150 OHM
R 17 RES. 0805 12K OHM
R 18, 19 RES. 0805 7K5 OHM
R 20, 47 RES. 0805 120K OHM
R 21-27, 30, 31, 40, 41, RES. 0805 10K OHM
44, 45
R 28 RES. 0805 180 K OHM
R 29 RES. 0805 470 OHM
R 32 RES. 0805 680 OHM
R 33-36 RES. 0805 330 OHM
R 37, 43 RES. 0805 33K OHM
R 46 RES. 0805 100 OHM
R 49 RES. 0805 0 OHM
R 42 RES. 0805 5K6 OHM
U1 TEC-CONTROLLER LM2727
U 2, 3 PROGR. THERMOST. DS1821
U4 DARLINGTON ARRAY ULN2003
U5 OPAMP LMV358
U6 OPAMP AD820
U7 TEMP. SENSOR SMT160-30
U8 VOLTAGE REG. LM3940IMP-3.3
U9 RS232 LEVEL CONV.MAX3232CWE
U 10 OPTOCOUPL. DUAL MOCD213
U 11 VOLTAGE REG. LM1117MPX-5.0
U 12 CONTROLLER MSP430F1232IPW
T1 MOSFET IRF7467

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-36 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

Pos Part nr Description

T2 MOSFET SI4884DY
T3 MOSFET SI4836DY
T4 MOSFET BTS3134N
T5 TRANS. BC847
X1 CRYSTAL 6MHz

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-37
9-38
Electronics

U11 U8
L M 1117M 5V L M 3940 100u/6V 3/ESR-0.5 Peltier
F4
3 2 1 3 Peltier.sch K3
12V V in V out V IN V OUT 3V 3
4
multifuse 200mA V out TEC_PW M TEC_K 1 1

GN D
TEC_K 2 2

1
GN D
GN D
R31 C32 DS_PW R TEC 1
10k 100n C26 C28 C29 C27 DS_PROG
K 10

1
100n 10u/16V 100n

2
4
12V
I_M EA S 1

2
V _M EA S 2
K1 GND
TEC_OFF TEC 2
GND
3 TEC_FA IL
2 R16 CPU
1 2k2 CPU.sch
power D6
TV S_SM PW R_M EA S TEC_PW M
PGND 3V 3
DS_PW R
DS_PROG D2 R22
GND GND BA V 23S 10k K4
I_M EA S R24 R23
3V 3
V _M EA S 1
10k 10k SW ITCH
TEC_OFF 2
R27 TEC_FA IL C20
K2 10k 10n/100v GND
R35
3
330E GND 12V
2 ENA BL E

1
8
1 A L A RM COV ER_OPEN
Host_Comm U10A K5
C23 OPTO_M OCD213 PUM P_FA N_OFF C21
10n/100v R30 PUM P_FA N_L 10n/100v 2
PUM P
PUM P_FA N_CHK 1

2
7
10k
GND
L ED2 R15 T4
5V
L ED3 3k3
TSENS_PW M protect
R36 FET_N_HITFET_SOT223
330E TX D GND R25 K6
RX D 10k C22
10n/100v 2
6003-007: Electrical diagram - part 1

FA N
1

6
C24 U10B GND

6003-500-450-01
10n/100v OPTO_M OCD213
U4A
16 1 5V 5V

5
OUT IN
8 9
GND COM
DRV R_UL N2003_DIS
GND 5V R33 R34
330E 330E
1

R29
U7 470E
U9 SM T160-30 D4 D5
R42 1 2 ROOD GROEN
Output V cc
2 1 5K 6
V+ C1+ U4F U4E
GN D

C10 C8 R41 C25 11 5 12


2

6
2

3V 3 IN OUT IN OUT
100n 16 3 100n 10K 100n
V CC C1- DRV R_UL N2003_DIS DRV R_UL N2003_DIS
3

6 4
V- C2+
C12 C11 C9 GND
100n 10 0n 15 5 100n GND
GND GND C2-
K7
14 11
3 T1OUT T1IN
2
7 10
1 T2OUT T2IN
RS232- 13 12
R1IN R1OUT
GND
8 9
R2IN R2OUT

M A X 3232CW E

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
U2 U3
DS1821 DS1821
3V 3 3V 3

GN D
DQ
V CC
GN D
DQ
V CC
DS_PW R
R38 R39
4k7 4k7

1
2
3
1
2
3

3V 3

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
12V D7 2
3 U4B C3 U4C C4
F1 L1 PGND R5 100n 100n
1 15 2 14 3
4k7 OUT IN OUT IN
1.2uH 6CW Q03FN
multifuse 6A
DRV R_UL N2003_DIS DRV R_UL N2003_DIS
C14 C34
5V
D1 C2
R1 GND
PGND PGND
10E 94SV P566X 0016E7 DS_PROG
BA T54 100n
U4D C1 94SV P566X 0016E7
4 13 2.2uF T1
TEC_OFF IN OUT IRF7467
U1
3
2
1

DRV R_UL N2003_DIS 5 14


GND V CC HG K9
12 1
SD BOOT R2 CON3
TEC_FA IL 6 7
PW GD ISEN L2
11 2 2k2
FREQ LG
9 3 4.7uH TEC_K 1
SS PGND
4 13 TEC_K 2
SGND PGND R8
8 10 T2
EA O FB 4k7
SI4884DY
L M 27X 7
C18 V _M EA S
R3
39K C16
22n 150p R6
C17 1k2
R4 R48
I_M EA S
3k3 R17 3k6
GND 10n
GND 5V C33
12k 10n
T3

7
PGND SI4836DY U6
6003-007: Electrical diagram - part 2

R49 GND U5B


V+
2 offset 5 R9 5
0E
6 7
3k6
GND PGND 3 6

6003-500-450-01
A M P_A D820
C5 R13 V- 5V A M P_L M V 358
C15 C35 100n 0.005E R10

4
1
R14
3k6
GND GND C7
150 100n R18
7k5
GND
94SV P566X 0016E7
PGND 94SV P566X 0016E7 C36
4n7
GND
5V
R11 R32
5V 3k6 680

R12

8
15k
U5A
3 R7
1 R19 1k2
R20 2
TEC_PW M 7k5
120k
A M P_L M V 358 GND

4
5V

R21 GND R28


10k C6
180k 100n
C19
GND
GND
470n

9-39
Electronics
9-40
Electronics

3V 3

R46
100E

3V 3 3V 3
DS_PW R

R26 R40 T5
10K 10K R44 NPN_BC847
10K
U12 R45
21 10K
L ED2 P1.0/TA CL K /A DC10CL K
P1_1 22
L ED3 P1.1/TA 0
TEC_PW M 23
P1.2/TA 1
TSENS_PW M 24
JTA G_TCK P1.3/TA 2 GND
25
JTA G_TM S P1.4/SM CL K /TCK
26
JTA G_TDI P1.5/TA 0/TM S
27
JTA G_TDO P1.6/TA 1/TDI
28
P1.7/TA 2/TDO/TDI
8
PW R_M EA S P2.0/A CL K /A 0
I_M EA S 9
P2_2 P2.1/INCL K /A 1
V _M EA S 10
P2.2/TA 0/A 2
DS_PROG 19
P2.3/TA 1/A 3/V ref-/V eref-
20
P2.4/TA 2/A 4/V ref+/V eref+
3
A L A RM P2.5/Rosc K8
JTA G_TDO
1
P1_1
2
11 JTA G_TDI
COV ER_OPEN P3.0/STE0/A 5 3
6003-007: Electrical diagram - part 3

12 P2_2
ENA BL E P3.1/SIM O0 4
13 JTA G_TM S
TEC_FA IL P3.2/SOM I0 5
14 X OUT
PUM P_FA N_CHK P3.3/UCL K 0 6
15 JTA G_TCK 7
TX D P3.4/UTX D0

6003-500-450-01
16 JTA G_TEST
RX D P3.5/URX D0 8
17 9
TEC_OFF P3.6/A 6 GND
18 3V 3 RST
PUM P_FA N_OFF P3.7/A 7 R43 10
3V 3
2 33K ISP
V cc
JTA G_TEST 1
R37 TEST
R47 33K C13 GND
120k RST 7 100n
RST/NM I
4
V ss
GND 6
X IN
GND
X1
X OUT 5
X OUT
6M Hz CPU_M SP430X 12X 2

C30 C31

16pF 16pF

GND GND

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
Electronics

9.3.6 6001-769: Dispenser driver board

6001-769: PCB layout

6001-769: Parts list

Pos Part nr Description

- 3376-511 DISPENSER DRIVER BOARD PCB


C 1-4 3320-232 CAP.CER 0.022UF 50V
C5 3320-312 CAP. CER. 220nF / 63V
IC 1 3333-545 L 6202 DMOS FULLBRIDGE DR.1,5A
PL 1 3351-217 CONN.4 POLE 280616 2
PL 2, 4 3351-234 CONN.PLUG 4POL(90)826468 4
PL 2, 4 3355-002 KEYING PLUG 926498 1
PL 3 3353-130 CONN.22PM MOD2 RIGHTANGLE
OC 1-4 3381-053 OPTO INTERRUPTOR H21B1
R 1, 6 3302-373 RES.METAL 560 OHM
R 2, 3 3302-120 RES. METAL. 4.7 OHM
R 4, 5 3302-501 RES.METAL 10K OHM

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-41
Electronics

6001-769: Electrical diagram


VCC

R6

560
PL4 OC4
1 30
30 H21B1
2
3 30
4 30
VCC
OC3

H21B1

PL3
1 STM1
2 STM2
3 STM3
4 STM4
VCC
5 40
VCC
6
7
8
9
560

10
11 R1
12 R.OPTO-R
13 R.OPTO-S
14 L.OPTO-R
L.OPTO-S OC2
15
16 +14V
VALVE_A H21B1
17
18 VALVE_B
19 STM5
STM6 VCC
20
21 STM7
STM8 OC1
22
H21B1

MF1 PL1
30 1
2
0.65 A R3 3
+14V
4.7

PL2 4
1 30
C4
2 30 C2
22n
3 30 IC1 9
22n
4 30 12 IN1 VS B1 11

16 IN2 O1 10

2 E MF2
R4 R5 VCC
10k

10k

O2 8 30

18 VR B2 17 0.65 A R2
4.7

S
C5 L6202
1
220n 22n
C3 C1
22n

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-42 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

9.3.7 3367-103: Ambient board

3367-103: PCB layout

3367-103: Electrical diagram

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-43
Electronics

9.3.8 6002-783: LLD board

6002-783: PCB layout

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-44 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

9-45
VCC
+14V VCC
C1 C2
IC3 4 LM567 100N 100N
R11
VCC
10k

1M C9
3 8 T2 +14V VCC
GND
IN OUT BC549
O.FIL
L.FIL

VCC
P2 100N
R C
GND

13

12
R9 5 6 2 1 7 C3
IC1
R1

VDD

VL
10k

3k9
100N 3 R10
S1 dnp
C11 C10 1 IN1
R13 2
GND U1.A D1 R2
10k

GND 14
150n 470n X/Y S2 2k4
R5 16
IN_A 2 4 IN2 R12
10k 1 0 15
C14 IN_B 3 5 D2 dnp
10k 2 1
6
R8 2 11 R3
10N C4 C5 1 7 S3
G 3 9 1k6

100k

100k
TAB2 R6 R7 IN3
10 R17
100N 100N 74HCT139 D3
GND 6 dnp
S4
+14V 8
R15 GND IN4 R4
D4 7 1k0
12k
R18

GND
GND GND RGAIN_1

VSS
+14V U1.B dnp
X/Y
RGAIN_2

5
14 12
1 0
RGAIN_1 13 11
R16 2 1
IC4 10
20k

7 2
RGAIN_2 2
- 15 9 GND
6
G 3
C15 741
3
+ 74HCT139
100N 4 GND
TZ6
C13
R14
20k

100N 15V
GND

6003-500-450-01
GND
GND
PL4 1 R20

8k2
6
VCC 1 2 C6
7
6002-783: Electrical diagram

2
3 3 100N
4 8 R19

100R
IN_A 5 4
IN_B 6 9
7 5
8
9 PL1 GND
+14V 10
11 LLD ADJUSTMENT
12
L.DET/CAP/R

R.A. M.CONTR.BRD.
GND
PIPETTING ARM
PL5
1
VCC 2
1 SWITCH/R 3
6 +14V 4
2 5

S
7 HEATER-1 6

S E L E C T R A PRO
3 HEATER-2
8 SENS-BL
TEMP.CONTR.BRD.
4 SENS-RD
9
5
GND
PL3
GND
TZ2 TZ3 TZ5 TZ4
33V 33V 15V 15V VCC +14V
TAB3
C12 C16
15U 15U
GND
GND
Electronics

9.3.9 6001-768: Valve board

6001-768: PCB layout

6001-768: Parts list

Pos Part nr Description

- 3376-432 VALVE BOARD PCB


C 1, 7 3320-100 CAP.CER. 1nF 40V
C 2, 8, 11, 14 3320-312 CAP. CER. 220nF 63V
C 3, 4 3320-311 CAP.CER. 0.1uF 50V
C 5, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 3320-232 CAP.CER 0.022uF 50V
16
C6 3326-521 CAP.ELC. 15uF 20V
C 17 22 3320-150 CAP.CER. 4.7nF 40V
D1 3330-045 DIODE BYV 28 100/100V
F1 3366-006 FUSE HOLDER PCB MOUNT.FOR TR5
F1 3348-191 FUSE 3.15A SLOW
IC 1 3333-331 VOLTAGE REGULATOR 5V/100mA
IC 2 3335-004 IC 74 HCT 04
IC 3, 5 3333-545 L 6202 DMOS FULLBRIDGE DR.1,5A
PL 1 3351-217 CONN.4 POLE 280616 2
PL 2, 5, 10 3350-136 CONN.2PM MOD 1 RIGHTANGLE
PL 3 3352-012 CONN 280617 2
PL 4, 11, 12 3353-057 CONN. 12POL. 826470 6
PL 11, 12 3355-002 KEYING PLUG 926498 1
R1 3302-120 RES. METAL. 4.7 OHM
R 2, 7 3302-180 RES. METAL 33 OHM 0.6W
RN 1 3315-037 RES. NETWORK 10 KOHM (10 X )
T1 3331-416 PROTECTED POWER MOS FET

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-46 6003-500-450-01
Electronics

6001-768: Electrical diagram

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 9-47
Electronics

9.3.10 6001-773: Stirrer driver / ISE needle board

6001-773: PCB layout

6001-773: Parts list

Pos Part nr Description

- 3376-550 ISE SIP./STIR. DRIVER BRD


C 1, 3, 8, 9, 15, 16-18 3320-100 CAP.CER. 1NF 40V
C2 3320-150 CAP.CER. 4,7NF 40V
C4 3326-554 CAP.ELC. 47uF / 63V
C 5, 12 3320-312 CAP. CER. 220nF / 63V
C 6, 7, 13, 14 3320-232 CAP.CER 0.022UF 50V
C 10, 11 3326-521 CAP.ELC. 15uF 20V
IC 1, 2 3333-545 L 6202 DMOS FULLBRIDGE DR.1,5A
PL 1 3353-057 CONN. 12POL. 826470 6
PL 1 3355-002 KEYING PLUG 926498 1
OC 1 3381-052 OPT.SWITCH H22B1
R1 3302-401 RES.METAL 1K OHM
R2 3302-465 RES.METAL 4K7 OHM
R 3, 5 3302-317 RES.METAL 150 OHM
R4 3302-180 RES. METAL 33 OHM 0.6W
RN 1 3315-009 RES.N.W. 4X4K7

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-48 6003-500-450-01
VCC

C11 C9
C10 C8 15μ 1n IC2 9
12 IN1 VS B1 11 C14
15μ 1n 22n SA STIRRER
MF1
C15
16 IN2 O1 10
1n SP1
C18 VCC
2 E 0.2 A R3
1n 8
O2 150

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
18 VR B2 17
C12 S C1
1
L6202 C13 1n
220n
22n SP2
PL1
1 SIPPER-ARM
2
3 SA_STIRRER
MF2 RA STIRRER
4
5 RA_STIRRER SP3
6 0.2 A R5
7 OPTO
150

3 4
8
9 VCC
RN1.B RN1.C

4k7
4k7
10 +14V C17
6001-773: Electrical diagram

11 +30V
+30V 1 1 1n
12
SP4

C4 C3

6003-500-450-01
1n IC1 9
47μ C7
12 IN1 VS B1 11 ISE-SIPPERARM
22n MF3
C16
16 IN2 O1 10
2 1n SP5
VCC
R1 2 E 0.65 A R4
RN1.A

4k7

1k
33

O2 8
C6
1 18 17 22n
VR B2
C5 S C2
1
OC1 220n L6202 4n7
SP6
H22B1

R2

4k7

9-49
Electronics
Electronics

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
9-50 6003-500-450-01
appendix A

Technical Specifications

This chapter contains technical specifications of the instrument.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 A-1
Technical Specifications

A.1 Performance and technical data

A.1.1 Selectra ProS

Performance

Maximum throughput 133 tests/hour (333 with Dry Electrode ISE unit)

Accuracy See par. A.1.5

Precision See par. A.1.5

Programmable tests 120 per reagent rotor configuration


unlimited number of reagent rotor configurations possible

Quality control 3 per parameter,


120 controls programmable per rotor configuration

Sample processing Random access

Sample system

Sample positions 25 positions; every position can be used for calibrator, normal,
ASAP, STAT, ISE, blank and control samples

Sample tubes Diameter: 13 mm


Height: 75 mm
Pediatric tubes: see User Manual.

Needle Level detector and integrated stirrer

Pipetting capacity 2-30 μl (steps of 0.1 μl)

Syringe 100 μl

Reagent system

Reagent rotor 30 positions: 10 × 10 ml, 20 × 25 ml


12 x 25 ml positions can be used for 6 x 50 ml bottles

Volumes per test Reagent 1: 110 – 399 μl


Reagent 2: 10 – 289 μl
Reagent 3: 10 – 289 μl

Refrigeration 8 - 12 °C (Absolute up to 25 °C ambient temperature)

Needle Heated, with level detector and integrated stirrer

Pipetting capacity 400 μl (steps of 1 μl)

Syringe 1000 μl

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
A-2 6003-500-450-01
Technical Specifications

Measurement station

Cuvette rotor Disposable rotor with 48 positions

Path length 6.8 mm

Volume range 220 μl to 400 μl (total volume of sample and reagents)

Wash station Fully automatic with overflow-level detector

Cuvette rinsing 4 × 500 μl system solution

Light source Quartz-iodine lamp 12V 20W

Wavelengths (2 options) Option 1: 340, 405, 505, 546, 578, 620, 660 and 700 nm
Option 2: custom

Wavelength uncertainty ± 2 nm

Spectral half-width value 10 ± 2 nm

Measuring range -0.1 to 3.0 Abs.

Temperature 37 °C ± 0.2 °C

Cycle time 27 sec.

Approvals

CE

CB

IEC 61326-2-6 The analyzer complies with the emission and immunity
requirements described in the IEC 61326-2-6.

CISPR 11 Class A This equipment has been designed and tested to CISPR 11
Class A. In a domestic environment it may cause radio
interference, in which case, you may need to take measures to
mitigate the interference.

Info
i The approvals listed here refer only to the instrument and operator console,
not to additional devices. For the approvals for these devices, see the
corresponding manuals.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 A-3
Technical Specifications

A.1.2 User interface

Computer system (minimal requirements)

CPU Intel Celeron M 575 2 GHz

RAM DDR-RAM / SO-DIMM 2 GB

Hard disk Flash drive 4 GB

Monitor Touchscreen monitor 15.6 inch, resolution 1366 x 768

Operating system MS Windows XP embedded standard (WES)

Serial ports 2 x RS232 (one for analyzer, one for host connection or printer)

USB ports 4 (USB 2.0)

Ethernet 1 x 100 Mbps

Internal barcode reader (optional)

Version Built-in device

Technology CCD

Barcodes Code 39

Code 93

Code 128

Codabar

Code 2 of 5 family

Info
i Other barcodes can be configured when required. A total of 5 barcodes can
be programmed for the internal barcode reader. Contact the system support
department of Vital Scientific if you need more information.

Barcode label design

Barcode bars, length 6 mm minimum

Barcode bars, width Narrow, 0.25 to 0.5 mm (10 to 20 mils)

Orientation of bars Horizontal (label attached to tube)

Barcode label width Max. 69 mm

Quiet zone Min. 2.5 mm, depending on barcode type

Amount of characters Max. 11 (Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, Codabar)

Max. 10 (Code 2 of 5 family)

Info
i For Codabar barcodes the start and stop characters must be the same.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
A-4 6003-500-450-01
Technical Specifications

Info
i Instructions on correctly attaching barcode labels to sample tubes are
included in the user manual.

External barcode reader (optional)

Version Hand-held device

Technology CCD

Barcodes Code 39

Code 128

Codabar

Code 2 of 5 family

Info
i Other barcodes can be configured when required. See the configuration
manual that came with the hand-held barcode reader. Contact the system
support department of Vital Scientific if you need more information.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 A-5
Technical Specifications

A.1.3 Physical data

Dimensions and weight

Width 83 cm

Depth 61 cm

Height 59 cm (cover closed, excluding panel PC)

Weight approx. 83 kg (including panel PC)

Power requirements

Line Voltage 110/240 V

Line Frequency 50/60 Hz

Max. Power Consumption 400 VA (including panel PC)

Installation category II (in accordance with IEC664)

Main fuses 2 x 5 A Slow

Environmental requirements

Ambient temperature 15 to 32 ºC (59 to 90 ºF)

Max. relative humidity 85% RH max.

Maximum altitude 2000 meter

Pollution degree 2 (in accordance with IEC 664)

Degree of protection IP 20

! CAUTION

TAKE CARE
Do not use the analyzer in close proximity to sources of strong
electromagnetic radiation (e.g. unshielded intentional RF sources), as these
may interfere with proper functioning of the analyzer.

Info
i Vital Scientific advises the user to evaluate the electromagnetic environment
prior to operation of the Selectra ProS.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
A-6 6003-500-450-01
Technical Specifications

A.1.4 Cleaning solutions

Introduction
All cleaning solutions are EC marked according to directive 98/79/EC. They are for
professional use only and intended for in vitro diagnostic devices.
Undiluted cleaning solutions are stable between 15 and 25 ºC (59 - 77 ºF) until the expiry
date stated on the package label. Diluted solutions are stable at least 2 weeks on board of
the analyzer.

NOTICE

PLEASE NOTE
i Cloudy solutions must be discarded.
Respect local regulations concerning waste disposal.

System solution

Reference SLSY-5900
Manufacturer SEPPIM
Intended use Washing of cuvettes and needles; also used for the pipetting
system (wetting effect for fluidified system).
Preparation Dilute with distilled water at 1:400
(12.5 ml system solution on 5 liters of distilled water)
Composition Aqueous solution with a detergent containing sodium azide
(< 0.1%).
Precautions None.

System cleaning solution

Reference SLNA-5900
Manufacturer SEPPIM
Intended use Cleaning of pipetting needles; also used in the system
cleaning procedure (see par. 6.2.1).
Preparation Dilute with distilled water at 1:10 for needle rinsing;
Use undiluted for the system cleaning procedure.
Composition Aqueous solution of Sodium hypochlorite (< 2% of active
chlorite) and Sodium hydroxide (< 5.4%).
Precautions Corrosive (C)
R 35 Causes severe burns
S 26 In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of
water and seek medical advice.
S 28 In case of contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of
water.
S 36 / 37 / 39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye / face
protection.
S 45 In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice
immediately (if possible show the package label).

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 A-7
Technical Specifications

Acid solution

Reference SLHC-5900
Manufacturer SEPPIM
Intended use Cleaning of the reagent needle; also used in the incompatibility
procedure of tests.
Preparation Solution is ready to use.
Composition Aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (< 0.5%).
Precautions Irritant (Xi)
R 36 / 37 / 38 Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin
S 26 In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of
water and seek medical advice.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
A-8 6003-500-450-01
Technical Specifications

A.1.5 Accuracy and precision

The chemical performance of clinical chemistry analyzers, in terms of accuracy and precision,
depends on the characteristics of the instrument, the measurement techniques and the
materials used. Therefore, the chemical performance characteristics of a clinical chemistry
analyzer can only be established and postulated in terms of: the analyte; the specific reagent
kit and calibrator(s) used; the type and constitution of the specimens involved; etc.
The analyzers manufactured by Vital Scientific may be supplied with open channels. ‘Open’
implies that most clinical chemistry tests and techniques that require photometric
measurement, can be adapted on the system. Only the test parameters for a specific test
need to be adjusted. The user needs to establish the required test parameter settings to
achieve satisfactory results, utilizing appropriate methods. The methods are preferably based
on international guidance documents, for example ECCLS or CLSI guidelines. Vital Scientific
recommends the use of ELITech reagents, calibrators and/or controls on their analyzers.
Obtain information on the performance characteristics from the selected reagent distributor
and/or manufacturer. Various reagent manufacturers have performed performance studies on
the analyzers from Vital Scientific in combination with their reagent kits. Therefore, they have
application sheets available for various analytes. The required information usually can be
obtained from the reagent package inserts. Please contact your local representative and/or
reagent manufacturer for further information on the chemical performance of their reagents on
analyzers from Vital Scientific.

Disclaimer
Vital Scientific assumes no responsibility for erroneous test results caused by reagent kits
and/or test parameters that are not explicitly provided or recommended by Vital Scientific.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
6003-500-450-01 A-9
Technical Specifications

A.2 Fluid and vacuum system

A.2.1 Fluid diagram

Fig.A-1 Fluid diagram of the Selectra ProS.

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
A-10 6003-500-450-01
8003-500-154-00 TUBING TABLE ProS
from to tube
tube # qt part location / assy part location / assy codeno length marking
1 1x Cuvette wash place 1 suction 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, farrest from outlet 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 1
2 1x Cuvette wash place 2 suction 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, next to previous 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 2
3 1x Cuvette wash place 3 suction 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, next to previous 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 3
4 1x Cuvette wash place 4 suction 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, next to previous 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 4
5 1x Cuvette wash place 5 suction 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, next to previous 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 5
6 1x Cuvette wash place 6 dryblock 8001-961 Needle plate unit 3066-089 Thread connector, next to previous 8003-529 Connection block assy 1513-010 280 6

S E L E C T R A PRO
S
7 1x 4104-110 Pipe 8003-335 Filter block assy 4105-243 Bush 8001-961 Needle plate unit 1513-010 33
8 1x 3066-052 Thread connector, outlet 8003-529 Connection block assy Valve V4 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-001 770
9 1x 4104-070 Pipe, rinsing place low connection 8002-779 Measuring unit Valve V4 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-001 1100
10 1x Valve V4 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy Valve V2 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-001 65
11 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Cuvette wash place 1 water 8001-961 Needle plate unit 1513-010 350 11
12 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Cuvette wash place 2 water 8001-961 Needle plate unit 1513-010 350 12
13 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Cuvette wash place 3 water 8001-961 Needle plate unit 1513-010 350 13
14 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Cuvette wash place 4 water 8001-961 Needle plate unit 1513-010 350 14
15 1x 3066-091 Press-in plug 8002-758 Valves & cask assy Valve V2 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-009 25
16 1x Valve V2 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-093 Male Luer connector, collecting cask port B 8003-571 Tube assy 160 mm 1513-001 160 white
17 1x Valve V1 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-128 Male Luer connector, collecting cask port A 8003-572 Tube assy 90 mm 1513-009 90 white
18 1x Valve V1 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8003-573 Tube assy 140 mm 1513-001 140 green
19 1x 3066-095 Female Luer connector 8002-756 Pumps unit 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-574 Switch tube assy 1513-001 180 green
20 1x 3344-004 Vacuum switch 8002-762 Vacuum switch assy 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-574 Switch tube assy 1513-002 30
21 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-574 Switch tube assy 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-574 Switch tube assy 1513-001 94
22 1x 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-574 Switch tube assy 3066-052 Thread connector 8002-754 Vacuum tube assy 1513-001 60
23 1x 3066-052 Thread connector 8002-754 Vacuum tube assy 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-575 V-IN Tube Assy 1513-001 165
24 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-575 V-IN Tube Assy 3066-092 Elbow connector 8003-575 V-IN Tube Assy 1513-002 28
25 1x 3066-092 Elbow connector 8003-575 V-IN Tube Assy 3365-014 Vacuum pump, suction inlet 8002-755 Vacuum pump assy 1513-002 25
26 1x 3365-014 Vacuum pump, pressure outlet 8002-755 Vacuum pump assy 3066-092 Elbow connector 8003-576 V-OUT Tube Assy 1513-002 25
27 1x 3066-092 Elbow connector 8003-576 V-OUT Tube Assy 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-576 V-OUT Tube Assy 1513-002 28
28 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-576 V-OUT Tube Assy 3066-095 Female Luer connector 8003-576 V-OUT Tube Assy 1513-001 100
29 1x 3066-128 Male Luer connector 8003-577 Tube Assy 200 mm Valve V12 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-009 200 green
30 1x Valve V12 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy Valve V1 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-009 65
31 1x Valve V12 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-578 Tube Assy 1513-009 100
32 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8003-578 Tube Assy 3066-096 Female Luer connector, connection plate port 3 8003-585 Connection plate assy 1513-002 230 red

6003-500-450-01
33 1x 3066-090 Thread connector, Valve V3 port 2 8002-761 Collecting cask assy 3066-092 Elbow connector 8002-761 Collecting cask assy 1513-002 25
34 1x 3066-092 Elbow connector 8002-761 Collecting cask assy 3066-096 Female Luer connector, connection plate port 4 8003-585 Connection plate assy 1513-002 310 red
35 1x 3066-052 Thread connector, top front 8001-786 Water cask 3066-095 Female Luer connector, connection plate port 2 8003-585 Connection plate assy 1513-001 330 blue
36 1x 3066-095 Female Luer connector, connection plate port 1 8003-585 Connection plate assy Valve V14 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-001 360 blue
37 1x Valve V14 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-095 Female Luer connector 8003-579 Tube Assy 200 mm 1513-001 200
38 1x 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8003-584 Water pump with tubing 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8001-881 Water pump 1513-001 150 blue
39 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8001-881 Water pump 3365-016 Pump, water inlet 8001-881 Water pump 1513-002 26
40 1x 3365-016 Pump, water outlet 8001-881 Water pump 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8001-881 Water pump 1513-002 26
41 1x 3066-087 Straigth through reduction connector 8001-881 Water pump 3066-095 Female Luer connector 8003-584 Water pump with tubing 1513-001 150
42 1x 3066-128 Male Luer connector 8003-580 Tube Assy 200 mm Valve V5 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-009 200 blue
43 1x Valve V5 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy Valve V13 port 3 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-009 65
44 1x Valve V5 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-127 M6x1 Thread connector in 4105-209 Bush 8003-581 Tube Assy 1513-009 50
45 1x Valve V13 port 1 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-052 Thread connector, top back 8001-786 Water cask 1513-009 320
46 1x 3066-052 Thread connector, bottom 8001-786 Water cask 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-582 Tube Assy 1513-001 320
47 1x 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-582 Tube Assy Valve V14 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 1513-001 115
48 1x 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-582 Tube Assy 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-582 Tube Assy 1513-001 305
49 1x Valve V13 port 2 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8003-583 Tube Assy 1513-009 360
50 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8003-583 Tube Assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8003-583 Tube Assy 1513-100 500
51 1x 3066-118 Straight through connector 8003-583 Tube Assy 4104-085 Pipe, rinsing place high connection 8002-779 Measuring unit 1513-009 800
52 1x 3066-050 Tee connector 8003-582 Tube Assy 3066-095 Female Luer connector 8003-582 Tube Assy 1513-001 695
53 1x 3066-128 Male Luer connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-117 Tee connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 70 blue
54 2x 3066-117 Tee connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-117 Tee connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 27
55 1x 3066-117 Tee connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Valve V7 port 1 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 46
56 3x 3066-117 Tee connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy Valves V8..V10 port 1 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 20
57 4x Valves V7..V10 port 3 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 4104-085 Pipe, bellows port 8001-839 Bellows pump 1513-009 95
58 1x Valve V7 port 2 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 160 11
59 1x Valve V8 port 2 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 130 12

A-11
Technical Specifications
A-12
60 1x Valve V9 port 2 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 100 13
61 1x Valve V10 port 2 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 3066-118 Straight through connector 8002-753 Bellows valves assy 1513-009 70 14
62 1x 3066-164 Panel mount reduction connector 8003-531 Dry ISE module 3066-096 Female Luer connector, connection plate port 5 8003-585 Connection plate assy 1513-002 935 red
63 1x 4105-214 Bush in 4105-209 Bush 8003-514 Basic Instrument 4501-597 Connection block bottom right port 8002-772 Connection block 1503-007 510
64 1x 4100-683 Bush 8002-777 Rinse tube assy 4100-422 Connector 8002-777 Rinse tube assy 1513-001 490
65 1x 3066-050 Tee connector 8002-758 Valves & cask assy 4105-215 Bush in 3066-072 Valve block left port 8002-771 Dispenser unit 1513-001 80
66 2x 4100-683 Bush 8002-775 Connection tube assy - 8002-775 Connection tube assy 1513-001 25
67 1x 4105-214 Bush in 3066-072 Valve block right port 8002-771 Dispenser Unit 4105-214 Bush in 4501-597 Connection block left port 8002-772 Connection block 1503-007 100
68 1x 4100-683 Bush 8002-776 Needle tube assy End of 1513-002 PVC tube #70 in 3070-058 Tube clamp 8003-513 Frame assy 1513-001 395
69 1x 4105-214 Bush in 4501-597 Connection block right port 8002-772 Connection block 4100-456 Needle 8002-939 Needle unit 1503-007 1080
70 1x 3070-058 Tube clamp 8003-513 Frame assy 4100-811 Prop 8003-506 Basic Mechanical assy 1513-002 425
71 1x 4104-129 Pipe 8003-514 Basic instrument 4100-456 Needle 8002-939 Needle unit 1513-001 250
72 1x 4104-080 Pipe 8002-765 Water container 3066-052 Thread connector 8001-620 Water filter 1513-001 240
Technical Specifications

73 1x 4104-080 Pipe, outlet 8002-765 Water container 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8002-765 Water container 1513-001 300 blue, 1
74 1x 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8002-765 Water container 4104-080 Pipe, inlet 8002-765 Water container 1513-001 300 blue, 2
75 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-766 Waste container 4104-104 Pipe 8002-766 Waste container 1513-002 300 red, 3
76 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-766 Waste container 4104-104 Pipe 8002-766 Waste container 1513-002 300 red, 4
77 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-766 Waste container 4104-104 Pipe 8002-766 Waste container 1513-002 300 red, 5
79 1x 4104-080 Pipe 8002-904 5L Water container 3066-052 Thread connector 8001-620 Water filter 1513-001 300
80 1x 4104-080 Pipe, outlet 8002-904 5L Water container 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8002-904 5L Water container 1513-001 300 blue, 1
81 1x 3066-093 Male Luer connector 8002-904 5L Water container 4104-080 Pipe, inlet 8002-904 5L Water container 1513-001 300 blue, 2
82 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-913 Waste tube assy Clinical waste system 1513-002 1500
83 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-913 Waste tube assy Clinical waste system 1513-002 1500
84 1x 3066-094 Male Luer connector 8002-913 Waste tube assy Clinical waste system 1513-002 1500
85 1x 3066-144 Female Luer connector 8003-590 Tube Assy 3365-020 Cooling pump, inlet 8003-138 Cooling pump assy 1513-002 40
86 1x 3365-020 Cooling pump, outlet 8003-138 Cooling pump assy 3066-147 Male Luer connector, cooling pump outlet 8003-591 Tube Assy 1513-002 130
87 1x 3066-144 Female Luer connector 8003-592 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-592 Tube Assy 1513-002 90
88 2x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-592 Tube Assy 8002-934 Prim. heat exch. assy, inlet 8003-515 Stator assy 1513-002 90
89 2x 8002-934 Prim. heat exch. assy, outlet 8003-515 Stator assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-593 Tube Assy 1513-002 90
90 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-593 Tube Assy 3066-147 Male Luer connector, level tube assy inlet 8003-593 Tube Assy 1513-002 240
91 1x 3066-147 Male Luer connector, level tube assy outlet 8003-594 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 1513-002 270
92 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 1513-002 300
93 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 1513-002 300
94 4x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-594 Tube Assy 5000-259 Pipe assy, inlet 8002-941 Sec. heat exchanger 1513-002 40
95 4x 5000-259 Pipe assy, outlet 8002-941 Sec. heat exchanger 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 1513-002 40

6003-500-450-01
96 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 1513-002 210
97 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 1513-002 190
98 1x 3066-154 Y connector 8003-595 Tube Assy 3066-147 Male Luer connector, cooling pump inlet 8003-595 Tube Assy 1513-002 260
99 1x 3070-058 Clamp 8003-532 ISE ARM parts 3070-059 Clamp 8003-513 Frame assy 1513-002 320
100 1x 4104-083 Pipe 8003-532 ISE ARM parts 8003-396 Sample pipe assy 8003-378 Dry ISE module 1513-100 725
120 1 8003-396 Sample pipe assy 8003-378 Dry ISE module Y connector 8003-452 Y-connector tube assy - 65
121 1 Y connector 8003-452 Y-connector tube assy 3918-005 Potassium (K) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - 230
122 1 Straw 8003-453 Cap assy Y connector 8003-452 Y-connector tube assy - 230
123 1 Straw 8003-453 Cap assy 4104-135 Restriction pipe 8003-376 Restriction pipe assy - 280
124 1 3918-005 Potassium (K) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3918-004 Sodium (Na) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - -
125 1 3918-004 Sodium (Na) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3918-006 Chloride (Cl) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - -
126 1 3918-006 Chloride (Cl) electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3918-007 Bypass electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - -
127 1 3918-007 Bypass electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3900-049 Ground electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - -
128 1 3918-002 Reference electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3900-049 Ground electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - -
129 1 4104-135 Restriction pipe 8003-376 Restriction pipe assy 3918-002 Reference electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module - 45
130 1 3900-049 Ground electrode 8003-378 Dry ISE module 3066-164 Panel mount reduction connector 8003-378 Dry ISE module - - black, white

tube
codeno description total length (including Dry-ISE option)
1503-007 PTFE, ID1.0 x OD1.6 1690
1513-001 PVC, ID2.0 x OD4.0 12964
1513-002 PVC, ID4.0 x OD6.0 6051
1513-009 PVC, ID1.5 x OD3.5 3345
1513-010 PVC, ID1.5 x OD2.5 3113
1513-100 Tygon®, ID0.79 x OD2.38 1225

S E L E C T R A PRO
S

You might also like